xref: /freebsd/contrib/sendmail/RELEASE_NOTES (revision c57c26179033f64c2011a2d2a904ee3fa62e826a)
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2
3
4This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
5of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
6summary of the changes in that release.
7
8
98.18.1/8.18.1	2024/01/31
10	sendmail is now stricter in following the RFCs and rejects
11		some invalid input with respect to line endings
12		and pipelining:
13		- Prevent transaction stuffing by ensuring SMTP clients
14		wait for the HELO/EHLO and DATA response before sending
15		further SMTP commands.  This can be disabled using
16		the new srv_features option 'F'.  Issue reported by
17		Yepeng Pan and Christian Rossow from CISPA Helmholtz
18		Center for Information Security.
19		- Accept only CRLF . CRLF as end of an SMTP message
20		as required by the RFCs, which can disabled by the
21		new srv_features option 'O'.
22		- Do not accept a CR or LF except in the combination
23		CRLF (as required by the RFCs).  These checks can
24		be disabled by the new srv_features options
25		'U' and 'G', respectively.  In this case it is
26		suggested to use 'u2' and 'g2' instead so the server
27		replaces offending bare CR or bare LF with a space.
28		It is recommended to only turn these protections off
29		for trusted networks due to the potential for abuse.
30	Full DANE support is available if OpenSSL versions 1.1.1 or 3.x
31		are used, i.e., TLSA RR 2-x-y and 3-x-y are supported
32		as required by RFC 7672.
33	OpenSSL version 3.0.x is supported.  Note: OpenSSL 3 loads by
34		default an openssl.cnf file from a location specified
35		in the library which may cause unwanted behaviour
36		in sendmail.  Hence sendmail sets the environment
37		variable OPENSSL_CONF to /etc/mail/sendmail.ossl
38		to override the default.  The file name can be
39		changed by defining confOPENSSL_CNF in the mc file;
40		using an empty value prevents setting OPENSSL_CONF.
41		Note: referring to a file which does not exist does
42		not cause an an error.
43	Two new values have been added for {verify}:
44		"DANE_TEMP": DANE verification failed temporarily.
45		"DANE_NOTLS": DANE was required but STARTTLS was not
46		offered by the server.
47		The default rules return a temporary error for these
48		cases, so delivery is not attempted.
49	If the TLS setup code in the client fails and DANE requirements
50		exist then {verify} will be set to "DANE_TEMP" thus
51		preventing delivery by default.
52	DANE related logging has been slightly changed for clarification:
53		"DANE configured in DNS but no STARTTLS available"
54		changed to
55		"DANE configured in DNS but STARTTLS not offered"
56	When the compile time option USE_EAI is enabled, vacation could
57		fail to respond when it should (the code change in
58		8.17.2 was incomplete).  Problem reported by Alex
59		Hautequest.
60	If SMTPUTF8 BODY=7BIT are used as parameters for the MAIL command
61		the parsing of UTF8 addresses could fail (USE_EAI).
62	If a reply to a previous RCPT was received while sending
63		another RCPT in pipelining mode then parts of the
64		reply could have been assigned to the wrong RCPT.
65	New DontBlameSendmail option CertOwner to relax requirement
66		for certificate public and private key ownership.
67		Based on suggestion from Marius Strobl of the
68		FreeBSD project.
69	clt_features was not checked for connections via Unix domain
70		sockets.
71	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') did not handle multiple replies
72		from DNS lookups thus potentially causing random
73		"false negatives".
74		Note: the fix creates an incompatibility:
75		the arguments must not have a trailing dot anymore
76		because the -a. option has been removed (as it only
77		applies to the entire result, not individual values).
78	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`fips3') for basic FIPS support in OpenSSL 3.
79	VACATION: Add support for Return-Path header to set sender
80		to match OpenBSD and NetBSD functionality.
81	VACATION: Honor RFC3834 and avoid an auto-reply if
82		'Auto-Submitted: no' is found in the headers to
83		match OpenBSD and NetBSD functionality.
84	VACATION: Avoid an auto-reply if a 'List-Id:' is found in
85		the headers to match OpenBSD functionality.
86	VACATION: Add support for $SUBJECT in .vacation.msg which
87		is replaced with the first line of the subject of the
88		original message to match OpenBSD and NetBSD
89		functionality.
90	Portability:
91		Add support for Darwin 23.
92	New Files:
93		cf/feature/fips3.m4
94		devtools/OS/Darwin.23.x
95
968.17.2/8.17.2	2023/06/03
97	Make sure DANE checks (if enabled) are performed even if
98		CACertPath or CACertFile are not set or unusable.
99	Note: if the code to set up TLS in the client fails, then
100		{verify} will be set to TEMP but DANE requirements
101		will be ignored, i.e., by default mail will be sent
102		without STARTTLS.  This can be changed via a
103		LOCAL_TLS_SERVER ruleset.
104	Pass server name to clt_features ruleset instead of client
105		name to account for limitations in macro availability
106		described below in CONFIG section.  This may break
107		custom clt_features rulesets which expect to receive
108		the client name as input.
109	Fix a regression introduced in 8.17.1: aliases file which
110		contain continuation lines caused parsing errors.
111	Add an FFR (for future release) compile time option _FFR_LOG_STAGE
112		to log the protocol stage as stage= for some errors during
113		delivery attempts to make troubleshooting simpler.  This
114		new logging may be enabled in a future release.
115	When EAI is enabled, milters also got the arguments of MAIL/RCPT
116		commands in argv[0] for xxfi_envfrom()/xxfi_envrcpt()
117		callbacks instead of just the mail address.
118		Problem reported by Dilyan Palauzo.
119	When EAI is enabled, mailq prints UTF-8 addresses as such
120		if SMTPUTF8 was used.
121	When EAI is enabled, the $h macro is now in the correct format.
122		Previously this could cause wrong values for relay=
123		in log entries and the mailer argument vector.
124	When the compile time option USE_EAI is enabled, vacation could
125		fail to respond when it should.  Problem reported by
126		Alex Hautequest.
127	When EAI was enabled, header truncation might not have been
128		logged even when it happened. Problem reported by
129		Werner Wiethege.
130	Handle a possible change in an upcoming release of Cyrus-SASL
131		(2.1.28) by changing the definition of an internal flag.
132		Patch from Dilyan Palauzo.
133	Avoid an assertion failure when an smtps connection is made
134		to the server and a milter is unavailable.
135		Problem reported by Dilyan Palauzo.
136	Fixed some spelling errors in documentation and comments,
137		based on a codespell report by Jens Schleusener
138		of fossies.org.
139	The result of try_tls is now logged using status= instead
140		of reject=.
141	If tls_rcpt rejected the delivery of a recipient then a bogus
142		dsn= entry might have been logged under some circumstances.
143	If a server replied with 421 to a RCPT command then a bogus reply=
144		might have been logged.
145	When quoting the value for ${currHeader} avoid causing a syntax
146		error (Unbalanced '"') when truncating a header value
147		which is too long.  Problem reported by Werner Wiethege.
148	Reduce the performance impact of a change introduced in
149		8.12.9: the default for MaxMimeHeaderLength was
150		set to 2048/1024.  Problem reported by Tabata
151		Shintaro of Internet Initiative Japan Inc.
152	CONFIG: The default clt_features ruleset tried to access
153		${server_name} and ${server_addr} which are not set
154		when the ruleset is invoked.  Only the server name
155		is available which is passed as an argument.
156	CONFIG: Properly quote host variable to prevent cf build
157		breakage when a hostname contains 'dnl'.  Problem
158		reported by Maxim Shalomikhin of Kaspersky.
159	DEVTOOLS: Add configure.sh support for BSD's mandoc as an
160		alternative man page formatting tool.
161	DOC: Document that USAGE is a possible value for {verify}.
162	LIBMILTER: The macros for the EOH and EOM callbacks are
163		sent in reverse order which means accessing macros
164		in the EOM callback got the macro for the EOH
165		callback. Store those macros in the expected order
166		in libmilter. Note: this does not affect sendmail
167		because the macros for both callbacks are the same
168		because the message is sent to libmilter after it
169		is completely read by sendmail.  Fix and problem
170		report from David Buergin.
171	Portability:
172		Make use of IN_LOOPBACK, if defined, to determine if
173		using a loopback address.  Patch from Mike Karels of
174		FreeBSD.
175		On Linux use gethostbyname2(3) if glibc 2.19 or newer
176		is used to avoid potential problems with IPv6 lookups.
177		Patch from Werner Wiethege.
178		Add support for Darwin 21 and Darwin 22.
179		Solaris 12 has been renamed to Solaris 11.4, hence
180		adapt a condition for sigwait(2) taking one argument.
181		Patch from John Beck.
182	New Files:
183		devtools/M4/UNIX/sharedlib.m4
184		devtools/OS/Darwin.21.x
185		devtools/OS/Darwin.22.x
186		sendmail/sched.c
187		libsm/notify.h
188
1898.17.1/8.17.1	2021/08/17
190	Deprecation notice: due to compatibility problems with some
191		third party code, we plan to finally switch from K&R
192		to ANSI C. If you are using sendmail on a system
193		which does not have a compiler for ANSI C contact us
194		with details as soon as possible so we can determine
195		how to proceed.
196	Experimental support for SMTPUTF8 (EAI, see RFC 6530-6533)
197		is available when using the compile time option USE_EAI
198		(see also devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample for other
199		required settings) and the cf option SMTPUTF8.
200		If a mail submission via the command line requires
201		the use of SMTPUTF8, e.g., because a header uses UTF-8
202		encoding, but the addresses on the command line are all
203		ASCII, then the new option -U must be used, and
204		the cf option SMTPUTF8 must be set in submit.cf.
205		Please test and provide feedback.
206	Experimental support for SMTP MTA Strict Transport Security
207		(MTA-STS, see RFC 8461) is available when using
208		- the compile time option _FFR_MTA_STS (which requires
209		  STARTTLS, MAP_REGEX, SOCKETMAP, and _FFR_TLS_ALTNAMES),
210		- FEATURE(sts), which implicitly sets the cf option
211		  StrictTransportSecurity,
212		- postfix-mta-sts-resolver, see
213		https://github.com/Snawoot/postfix-mta-sts-resolver.git
214	New ruleset check_other which is called for all unknown SMTP
215		commands in the server and for commands which do not
216		have specific rulesets, e.g., NOOP and VERB.
217	New ruleset clt_features which can be used to select features
218		in the SMTP client per server.  Currently only two
219		flags are available: D/M to disable DANE/MTA-STS,
220		respectively.
221	New compile time option NO_EOH_FIELDS to disable the special
222		meaning of the headers Message: and Text: to denote the
223		end of the message header.
224	Avoid leaking session macros for an envelope between
225		delivery attempts to different servers.  This problem
226		could have affected check_compat.
227	Avoid leaking actual SMTP replies between delivery attempts
228		to different servers which could cause bogus logging
229		of reply= entries.
230	Change default SMTP reply code for STARTTLS related problems
231		from 403 to 454 to better match the RFCs.
232	Fix a theoretical buffer overflow when encountering an
233		unknown/unsupported socket address family on an
234		operating system where sa_data is larger than 30
235		(the standard is 14).  Based on patch by Toomas Soome.
236	Several potential memory leaks and other similar problems
237		(mostly in error handling code) have been fixed.
238		Problems reported by Tomas Korbar of RedHat.
239	Previously the commands GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER terminate
240		a connection immediately only if sent as first command.
241		Now this is also done if any of these is sent directly
242		after STARTTLS or if the 'h' option is set via
243		srv_features.
244	CDB map locking has been changed so a sendmail process which
245		does have a CDB map open does not block an in-place
246		update of the map by makemap.  The simple workaround
247		for that problem in earlier versions is to create
248		the map under a different name and then move it
249		into place.
250	On some systems the rejection of a RCPT by a milter could
251		silently fail.
252	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`check_other') to provide a default
253		check_other ruleset.
254	CONFIG: FEATURE(`tls_failures') is deprecated and will be
255		removed in future versions because it has a fundamental
256		problem: it is message oriented but STARTTLS is
257		session oriented.  For example, having multiple
258		RCPTs in one envelope for different destinations,
259		with different temporary errors, does not work
260		properly, as the persistent macro applies to all
261		RCPTs and hence implicitly to all destinations (servers).
262		The option TLSFallbacktoClear should be used if needed.
263	CONTRIB: AuthRealm.p0 has been modified for 8.16.1 by Anne Bennett.
264	CONTRIB: Added cidrexpand -O option for suppressing duplicates from
265		a CIDR expansion that overlaps a later entry and -S option
266		for skipping comments exactly like makemap does.
267	MAIL.LOCAL: Enhance some error messages to simplify
268		troubleshooting.
269	Portability:
270		Add support for Darwin 19 & 20.
271		Use proper FreeBSD version define to allow for cross
272			compiling.  Fix from Brooks Davis of the FreeBSD
273			project.
274		NOTE: File locking using fcntl() does not interoperate
275		  with Berkeley DB 5.x (and probably later).  Use
276		  CDB, flock() (-DHASFLOCK), or an earlier Berkeley
277		  DB version.  Problem noted by Harald Hannelius.
278	New Files:
279		cf/feature/check_other.m4
280		cf/feature/sts.m4
281		devtools/OS/Darwin.19.x
282		devtools/OS/Darwin.20.x
283		include/sm/ixlen.h
284		libsm/ilenx.c
285		libsm/lowercase.c
286		libsm/strcaseeq.c
287		libsm/t-ixlen.c
288		libsm/t-ixlen.sh
289		libsm/t-streq.c
290		libsm/t-streq.sh
291		libsm/utf8_valid.c
292		libsm/uxtext_unquote.c
293		libsm/xleni.c
294		libsmutil/t-lockfile.c
295		libsmutil/t-lockfile-0.sh
296		libsmutil/t-maplock-0.sh
297
2988.16.1/8.16.1	2020/07/05
299	SECURITY: If sendmail tried to reuse an SMTP session which had
300		already been closed by the server, then the connection
301		cache could have invalid information about the session.
302		One possible consequence was that STARTTLS was not
303		used even if offered.  This problem has been fixed
304		by clearing out all relevant status information
305		when a closed session is encountered.
306	OpenSSL versions before 0.9.8 are no longer supported.
307	OpenSSL version 1.1.0 and 1.1.1 are supported.
308	Initial support for DANE (see RFC 7672 et.al.) is available if
309		the compile time option DANE is set.  Only TLSA RR 3-1-x
310		is currently implemented.
311	New options SSLEngine and SSLEnginePath to support OpenSSL engines.
312		Note: this feature has so far only been tested with the
313		"chil" engine; please report problems with other engines
314		if you encounter any.
315	New option CRLPath to specify a directory which contains
316		hashes pointing to certificate revocations files.
317		Based on patch from Al Smith.
318	New rulesets tls_srv_features and tls_clt_features which
319		can return a (semicolon separated) list of TLS related
320		options, e.g., CipherList, CertFile, KeyFile,
321		see doc/op/op.me for details.
322	To automatically handle TLS interoperability problems for outgoing
323		mail, sendmail can now immediately try a connection again
324		without STARTTLS after a TLS handshake failure.
325		This can be configured globally via the option
326		TLSFallbacktoClear or per session via the 'C' flag
327		of tls_clt_features.
328		This also adds the new value "CLEAR" for the macro
329		{verify}: STARTTLS has been disabled internally for
330		a clear text delivery attempt.
331	Apply Timeout.starttls also to the server waiting for the TLS
332		handshake to begin.  Based on patch from Simon Hradecky.
333	New compile time option TLS_EC to enable the use of elliptic
334		curve cryptography in STARTTLS (previously available as
335		_FFR_TLS_EC).
336	Handle MIME boundaries specified in headers which contain CRLF.
337	Fix detection of loopback net (it was broken when compiled
338		with NETINET6) and only set the macros {if_addr_out}
339		and {if_family_out} if the interface of the outgoing
340		connection does not belong to the loopback net.
341	Fix logic to enable a milter to delete a recipient in
342		DeliveryMode=interactive even if it might be subject
343		to alias expansion.
344	Log name of a milter making changes (this was missing for
345		some functions).
346	Log the actual reply of a server when an SMTP delivery problem
347		occurs in a "reply=" field if possible.
348	Log user= for failed AUTH attempts if possible.  Based on
349		patch from Packet Hack, Jim Hranicky, Kevin A. McGrail,
350		and Joe Quinn.
351	Add CDB as map type. Note: CDB is a "Constant DataBase", i.e.,
352		no changes can be made after it is created, hence it
353		does not work with vacation(1) nor editmap(8) (except
354		for query mode).
355	Fix some memory leaks (mostly in error cases) and properly handle
356		copied varargs in sm_io_vfprintf(). The issues were found
357		using Coverity Scan and reported (including patches) by
358		Ondřej Lysoněk of Red Hat.
359	Do not override ServerSSLOptions and ClientSSLOptions when they
360		are specified on the command line.  Based on patch from
361		Hiroki Sato.
362	Add RFC7505 Null MX support for domains that declare they do not
363		accept mail.
364	New compile time option LDAP_NETWORK_TIMEOUT which is set
365		automatically when LDAPMAP is used and
366		LDAP_OPT_NETWORK_TIMEOUT is available to enable the
367		new -c option for LDAP maps to specify the network timeout.
368	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`tls_session_features') to enable standard
369		rules for tls_srv_features and tls_clt_features; for
370		details see cf/README.
371	CONFIG: New options confSSL_ENGINE and confSSL_ENGINE_PATH
372		for SSLEngine and SSLEnginePath, respectively.
373	CONFIG: New options confDANE to enable DANE support.
374	CONFIG: New option confTLS_FALLBACK_TO_CLEAR for TLSFallbacktoClear.
375	CONFIG: New extension CITag: for TLS restrictions, see cf/README
376		for details.
377	CONFIG: FEATURE(`blacklist_recipients') renamed to
378		FEATURE(`blocklist_recipients').
379	CONTRIB: cidrexpand updated to support IPv6 CIDR ranges and to
380		canonicalize IPv6 addresses; if cidrexpand is used with IPv6
381		addresses then UseCompressedIPv6Addresses must be disabled.
382	DOC: The dns map can return multiple values in a single result
383		if the -z option is used.
384	DOC: Note to set MustQuoteChars=. due to DKIM signatures.
385	LIBMILTER: Fix typo in a macro. Patch from Ignacio Goyret
386		of Alcatel-Lucent.
387	LIBMILTER: Fix reference in xxfi_negotiate documentation.
388		Patch from Sven Neuhaus.
389	LIBMILTER: Fix function name in smfi_addrcpt_par documentation.
390		Patch from G.W. Haywood.
391	LIBMILTER: Fix a potential memory leak in smfi_setsymlist().
392		Patch from Martin Svec.
393	MAKEMAP: New map type "implicit" refers to the first available type,
394		i.e., it depends on the compile time options NEWDB, DBM,
395		and CDB. This can be used in conjunction with the
396		"implicit" map type in sendmail.cf.
397		Note: makemap, libsmdb, and sendmail must be compiled
398		with the same options (and library versions of course).
399	Portability:
400		Add support for Darwin 14-18 (Mac OS X 10.x).
401		New option HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME2: set if your system
402		supports gethostbyname2(2).
403		Set SM_CONF_SEM=2 for FreeBSD 12 and later due to
404		changes in sys/sem.h
405		On Linux set MAXHOSTNAMELEN (the maximum length
406		of a FQHN) to 256 if it is less than that value.
407	New Files:
408		cf/feature/blocklist_recipients.m4
409		cf/feature/check_cert_altnames.m4
410		cf/feature/tls_failures.m4
411		devtools/OS/Darwin.14.x
412		devtools/OS/Darwin.15.x
413		devtools/OS/Darwin.16.x
414		devtools/OS/Darwin.17.x
415		devtools/OS/Darwin.18.x
416		include/sm/notify.h
417		libsm/notify.c
418		libsm/t-notify.c
419		libsmdb/smcdb.c
420		sendmail/ratectrl.h
421		sendmail/tls.h
422		sendmail/tlsh.c
423
4248.15.2/8.15.2	2015/07/03
425	If FEATURE(`nopercenthack') is used then some bogus input triggered
426		a recursion which was caught and logged as
427		SYSERR: rewrite: excessive recursion (max 50) ...
428		Fix based on patch from Ondrej Holas.
429	DHParameters now by default uses an included 2048 bit prime.
430		The value 'none' previously caused a log entry claiming
431		there was an error "cannot read or set DH parameters".
432		Also note that this option applies to the server side only.
433	The U= mailer field didn't accept group names containing hyphens,
434		underbars, or periods.  Based on patch from David Gwynne
435		of the University of Queensland.
436	CONFIG: Allow connections from IPv6:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1 to relay again.
437		Patch from Lars-Johan Liman of Netnod Internet Exchange.
438	CONFIG: New option UseCompressedIPv6Addresses to select between
439		compressed and uncompressed IPv6 addresses.  The default
440		value depends on the compile-time option IPV6_FULL:
441		For 1 the default is False, for 0 it is True, thus
442		preserving the current behaviour.  Based on patch from
443		John Beck of Oracle.
444	CONFIG: Account for IPv6 localhost addresses in
445		FEATURE(`block_bad_helo').  Suggested by Andrey Chernov
446		from FreeBSD and Robert Scheck from the Fedora Project.
447	CONFIG: Account for IPv6 localhost addresses in check_mail ruleset.
448	LIBMILTER: Deal with more invalid protocol data to avoid potential
449		crashes.  Problem noted by Dimitri Kirchner.
450	LIBMILTER: Allow a milter to specify an empty macro list ("", not
451		NULL) in smfi_setsymlist() so no macro is sent for the
452		selected stage.
453	MAKEMAP: A change to check TrustedUser in fewer cases which was
454		made in 2013 caused a potential regression when makemap
455		was run as root (which should not be done anyway).
456	Note: sendmail often contains options "For Future Releases"
457		(prefix _FFR_) which might be enabled in a subsequent
458		version or might simply be removed as they turned out not
459		to be really useful.  These features are usually not
460		documented but if they are, then the required (FFR)
461		options are listed in
462		- doc/op/op.* for rulesets and macros,
463		- cf/README for mc/cf options.
464
4658.15.1/8.15.1	2014/12/06
466	SECURITY: Properly set the close-on-exec flag for file descriptors
467		(except stdin, stdout, and stderr) before executing mailers.
468	If header rewriting fails due to a temporary map lookup failure,
469		queue the mail for later retry instead of sending it
470		without rewriting the header.  Note: this is done
471		while the mail is being sent and hence the transaction
472		is aborted, which only works for SMTP/LMTP mailers
473		hence the handling of temporary map failures is
474		suppressed for other mailers. SMTP/LMTP servers may
475		complain about aborted transactions when this problem
476		occurs.
477		See also "DNS Lookups" in sendmail/TUNING.
478	Incompatible Change: Use uncompressed IPv6 addresses by default,
479		i.e., they will not contain "::".  For example,
480		instead of ::1 it will be 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1.  This
481		permits a zero subnet to have a more specific match,
482		such as different map entries for IPv6:0:0 vs IPv6:0.
483		This change requires that configuration data
484		(including maps, files, classes, custom ruleset,
485		etc) must use the same format, so make certain such
486		configuration data is updated before using 8.15.
487		As a very simple check search for patterns like
488		'IPv6:[0-9a-fA-F:]*::' and 'IPv6::'. If necessary,
489		the prior format can be retained by compiling with:
490		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-DIPV6_FULL=0')
491		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.
492	If debugging is turned on (-d0.14) also print the OpenSSL
493		versions, both build time and run time
494		(provided STARTTLS is compiled in).
495	If a connection to the MTA is dropped by the client before its
496		hostname can be validated, treat it as "may be forged",
497		so that the unvalidated hostname is not passed to a
498		milter in xxfi_connect().
499	Add a timeout for communication with socket map servers
500		which can be specified using the -d option.
501	Add a compile time option HESIOD_ALLOW_NUMERIC_LOGIN to allow
502		numeric logins even if HESIOD is enabled.
503	The new option CertFingerprintAlgorithm specifies the finger-
504		print algorithm (digest) to use for the presented cert.
505		If the option is not set, md5 is used and the macro
506		{cert_md5} contains the cert fingerprint.
507		However, if the option is set, the specified algorithm
508		(e.g., sha1) is used and the macro {cert_fp} contains
509		the cert fingerprint.
510		That is, as long as the option is not set, the behaviour
511		does not change, but otherwise, {cert_md5} is superseded
512		by {cert_fp} even if you set CertFingerprintAlgorithm
513		to md5.
514	The options ServerSSLOptions and ClientSSLOptions can be used
515		to set SSL options for the server and client side
516		respectively. See SSL_CTX_set_options(3) for a list.
517		Note: this change turns on SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2 and
518		SSL_OP_NO_TICKET for the client. See doc/op/op.me
519		for details.
520	The option CipherList sets the list of ciphers for STARTTLS.
521		See ciphers(1) for possible values.
522	Do not log "STARTTLS: internal error: tls_verify_cb: ssl == NULL"
523		if a CRLFile is in use (and LogLevel is 14 or higher.)
524	Store a more specific TLS protocol version in ${tls_version}
525		instead of a generic one, e.g., TLSv1 instead of
526		TLSv1/SSLv3.
527	Properly set {client_port} value on little endian machines.
528		Patch from Kelsey Cummings of Sonic.net.
529	Per RFC 3848, indicate in the Received: header whether SSL or
530		SMTP AUTH was negotiated by setting the protocol clause
531		to ESMTPS, ESMTPA, or ESMTPSA instead of ESMTP.
532	If the 'C' flag is listed as TLSSrvOptions the requirement for the
533		TLS server to have a cert is removed.  This only works
534		under very specific circumstances and should only be used
535		if the consequences are understood, e.g., clients
536		may not work with a server using this.
537	The options ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, ServerCertFile, and
538		ServerKeyFile can take a second file name, which must be
539		separated from the first with a comma (note: do not use
540		any spaces) to set up a second cert/key pair. This can
541		be used to have certs of different types, e.g., RSA
542		and DSA.
543	A new map type "arpa" is available to reverse an IP (IPv4 or IPv6)
544		address. It returns the string for the PTR lookup, but
545		without trailing {ip6,in-addr}.arpa.
546	New operation mode 'C' just checks the configuration file, e.g.,
547		sendmail -C new.cf -bC
548		will perform a basic syntax/consistency check of new.cf.
549	The mailer flag 'I' is deprecated and will be removed in a
550		future version.
551	Allow local (not just TCP) socket connections to the server, e.g.,
552		O DaemonPortOptions=Family=local, Addr=/var/mta/server.sock
553		can be used.
554	If the new option MaxQueueAge is set to a value greater than zero,
555		entries in the queue will be retried during a queue run
556		only if the individual retry time has been reached which
557		is doubled for each attempt.  The maximum retry time is
558		limited by the specified value.
559	New DontBlameSendmail option GroupReadableDefaultAuthInfoFile
560		to relax requirement for DefaultAuthInfo file.
561	Reset timeout after receiving a message to appropriate value if
562		STARTTLS is in use.  Based on patch by Kelsey Cummings
563		of Sonic.net.
564	Report correct error messages from the LDAP library for a range of
565		small negative return values covering those used by OpenLDAP.
566	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 5.0 and 6.0.  Patch from
567		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
568	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nopercenthack') takes one parameter: reject or
569		nospecial which describes whether to disallow "%" in the
570		local part of an address.
571	DEVTOOLS: Fix regression in auto-detection of libraries when only
572		shared libraries are available.  Problem reported by
573		Bryan Costales.
574	LIBMILTER: Mark communication socket as close-on-exec in case
575		a user's filter starts other applications.
576		Based on patch from Paul Howarth.
577	Portability:
578		SunOS 5.12 has changed the API for sigwait(2) to conform
579		with XPG7.  Based on patch from Roger Faulkner of Oracle.
580	Deleted Files:
581		libsm/path.c
582
5838.14.9/8.14.9	2014/05/21
584	SECURITY: Properly set the close-on-exec flag for file descriptors
585		(except stdin, stdout, and stderr) before executing mailers.
586	Fix a misformed comment in conf.c: "/*" within comment
587		which may cause a compilation error on some systems.
588		Problem reported by John Beck of Oracle.
589	DEVTOOLS: Fix regression in auto-detection of libraries when only
590		shared libraries are available.  Problem reported by
591		Bryan Costales.
592
5938.14.8/8.14.8	2014/01/26
594	Properly initialize all OpenSSL algorithms for versions before
595		OpenSSL 0.9.8o. Without this SHA2 algorithms may not
596		work properly, causing for example failures for certs
597		that use sha256WithRSAEncryption as signature algorithm.
598	When looking up hostnames, ensure only to return those records
599		for the requested family (AF_INET or AF_INET6).
600		On system that have NEEDSGETIPNODE and NETINET6
601		this may have failed and cause delivery problems.
602		Problem noted by Kees Cook.
603	A new mailer flag '!' is available to suppress an MH hack
604		that drops an explicit From: header if it is the
605		same as what sendmail would generate.
606	Add an FFR (for future release) to use uncompressed IPv6 addresses,
607		i.e., they will not contain "::".  For example, instead
608		of ::1 it will be 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1.  This means that
609		configuration data (including maps, files, classes,
610		custom ruleset, etc) have to use the same format.
611		This will be turned on in 8.15.  It can be enabled in 8.14
612		by compiling with:
613		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_IPV6_FULL')
614		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.
615	Add an additional case for the WorkAroundBrokenAAAA check when
616		dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
617		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time.
618		Problem noted by Pavel Timofeev of OCS.
619	If available, pass LOGIN_SETCPUMASK and LOGIN_SETLOGINCLASS to
620		setusercontext() on deliveries as a different user.
621		Patch from Edward Tomasz Napierala from FreeBSD.
622	Avoid compiler warnings from a change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.25.
623		Patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO from FreeBSD.
624	Add support for DHParameters 2048-bit primes.
625	CONFIG: Accept IPv6 literals when evaluating the HELO/EHLO argument
626		in FEATURE(`block_bad_helo').  Suggested by Andrey Chernov.
627	LIBSMDB: Add a missing check for malloc() in libsmdb/smndbm.c.
628		Patch from Bill Parker.
629	LIBSMDB: Fix minor memory leaks in libsmdb/ if allocations
630		fail.  Patch from John Beck of Oracle.
631	Portability:
632		Add support for Darwin 12.x and 13.x (Mac OS X 10.8 and 10.9).
633		On Linux use socklen_t as the type for the 3rd argument
634		for getsockname/getpeername if the glibc version is at
635		least 2.1.
636	New Files:
637		devtools/OS/Darwin.12.x
638		devtools/OS/Darwin.13.x
639
6408.14.7/8.14.7	2013/04/21
641	Drop support for IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses to prevent the MTA
642		from using a mapped address over a legitimate IPv6 address
643		and to enforce the proper semantics over the IPv6
644		connection.  Problem noted by Ulrich Sporlein.
645	Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.6: the wrong list of
646		macros was sent to a milter in the EHLO stage.
647		Problem found by Fabrice Bellet, reported via RedHat
648		(Jaroslav Skarvada).
649	Fix handling of ORCPT parameter for DSNs: xtext decoding
650		was not performed and a wrong syntax check was applied
651		to the "addr-type" field.  Problem noted by Dan Lukes
652		of Obludarium.
653	Fix handling of NUL characters in the MIME conversion functions
654		so that message bodies containing them will be sent
655		on properly. Note: this usually also affects mails
656		that are not converted as those functions are used
657		for other purposes too.  Problem noted by Elchonon
658		Edelson of Lockheed Martin.
659	Do not perform "duplicate" elimination of recipients if they
660		resolve to the error mailer using a temporary failure
661		(4xy) via ruleset 0.  Problem noted by Akira Takahashi
662		of IIJ.
663	CONTRIB: Updated version of etrn.pl script from John Beck
664		of Oracle.
665	Portability:
666		Unlike gcc, clang doesn't apply full prototypes to K&R
667		definitions.
668
6698.14.6/8.14.6	2012/12/23
670	Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.5: if a server offers
671		two AUTH lines, the MTA would not read them after
672		STARTTLS has been used and hence SMTP AUTH for
673		the client side would fail.  Problem noted by Lena.
674	Do not cache hostnames internally in a non case sensitive way
675		as that may cause addresses to change from lower case
676		to upper case or vice versa. These header modifications
677		can cause problems with milters that rely on receiving
678		headers in the same way as they are being sent out such
679		as a DKIM signing milter.
680	If MaxQueueChildren is set then it was possible that new queue
681		runners could not be started anymore because an
682		internal counter was subject to a race condition.
683	If a milter decreases the timeout it waits for a communication
684		with the MTA, the MTA might experience a write() timeout.
685		In some situations, the resulting error might have been
686		ignored.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
687		Note: decreasing the communication timeout in a milter
688		should not be done without considering the potential
689		problems.
690	smfi_setsymlist() now properly sets the list of macros for
691		the milter which invoked it, instead of a global
692		list for all milters.  Problem reported by
693		David Shrimpton of the University of Queensland.
694	If Timeout.resolver.retrans is set to a value larger than 20,
695		then resolver.retry was temporarily set to 0 for
696		gethostbyaddr() lookups. Now it is set to 1 instead.
697		Patch from Peter.
698	If sendmail could not lock the statistics file due to a system
699		error, and sendmail later sends a DSN for a mail that
700		triggered such an error, then sendmail tried to access
701		memory that was freed before (causing a crash on some
702		systems).  Problem reported by Ryan Stone.
703	Do not log negative values for size= nor pri= to avoid confusing
704		log parsers, instead limit the values to LONG_MAX.
705	Account for an API change in newer versions of Cyrus-SASL.
706		Patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO from FreeBSD.
707	Do not try to resolve link-local addresses for IPv4 (just as it
708		is done for IPv6).  Patch from John Beck of Oracle.
709	Improve logging of client and server STARTTLS connection failures
710		that may be due to incompatible cipher lists by including
711		the reason for the failure in a single log line.  Suggested
712		by James Carey of Boeing.
713	Portability:
714		Add support for Darwin 11.x (Mac OS X 10.7).
715		Add support for SunOS 5.12 (aka Solaris 12). Patch from
716		John Beck of Oracle.
717	New Files:
718		devtools/OS/Darwin.11.x
719		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.12
720
7218.14.5/8.14.5	2011/05/17
722	Do not cache SMTP extensions across connections as the cache
723		is based on hostname which may not be a unique identifier
724		for a server, i.e., different machines may have the
725		same hostname but provide different SMTP extensions.
726		Problem noted by Jim Hermann.
727	Avoid an out-of-bounds access in case a resolver reply for a DNS
728		map lookup returns a size larger than 1K.  Based on a
729		patch from Dr. Werner Fink of SuSE.
730	If a job is aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
731		the keyboard), perform minimal cleanup to avoid invoking
732		functions that are not signal-safe. Note: in previous
733		versions the mail might have been queued up already
734		and would be delivered subsequently, now an interrupt
735		will always remove the queue files and thus prevent
736		delivery.
737	Per RFC 6176, when operating as a TLS client, do not offer SSLv2.
738	Since TLS session resumption is never used as a client, disable
739		use of RFC 4507-style session tickets.
740	Work around gcc4 versions which reverse 25 years of history and
741		no longer align char buffers on the stack, breaking calls
742		to resolver functions on strict alignment platforms.
743		Found by Stuart Henderson of OpenBSD.
744	Read at most two AUTH lines from a server greeting (up to two
745		lines are read because servers may use "AUTH mechs" and
746		"AUTH=mechs"). Otherwise a malicious server may exhaust
747		the memory of the client.  Bug report by Nils of MWR
748		InfoSecurity.
749	Avoid triggering an assertion in the OpenLDAP code when the
750		connection to an LDAP server is lost while making a query.
751		Problem noted and patch provided by Andy Fiddaman.
752	If ConnectOnlyTo is set and sendmail is compiled with NETINET6
753		it would try to use an IPv6 address if an IPv4 (or
754		unparseable) address is specified.
755	If SASLv2 is used, make sure that the macro {auth_authen} is
756		stored in xtext format to avoid problems with parsing
757		it.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
758	CONFIG: FEATURE(`ldap_routing') in 8.14.4 tried to add a missing
759		-T<TMPF> that is required, but failed for some cases
760		that did not use LDAP.  This change has been undone
761		until a better solution can be implemented.  Problem
762		found by Andy Fiddaman.
763	CONFIG: Add cf/ostype/solaris11.m4 for Solaris11 support.
764		Contributed by Casper Dik of Oracle.
765	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Deal with H entries that do not have a
766		letter between the question marks.  Patch from
767		Stefan Christensen.
768	DOC: Use a better description for the -i option in sendmail.
769		Patch from Mitchell Berger.
770	Portability:
771		Add support for Darwin 10.x (Mac OS X 10.6).
772		Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for FreeBSD 3 and later.  Patch
773		from John Marshall.
774		Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for OpenBSD 4.3 and later.
775		Use new directory "/system/volatile" for PidFile on
776		Solaris 11.  Patch from Casper Dik of Oracle.
777		Fix compilation on Solaris 11 (and maybe some other
778		OSs) when using OpenSSL 1.0.  Based on patch from
779		Jan Pechanec of Oracle.
780		Set SOCKADDR_LEN_T and SOCKOPT_LEN_T to socklen_t
781		for Solaris 11.  Patch from Roger Faulkner of Oracle.
782	New Files:
783		cf/ostype/solaris11.m4
784
7858.14.4/8.14.4	2009/12/30
786	SECURITY: Handle bogus certificates containing NUL characters
787		in CNs by placing a string indicating a bad certificate
788		in the {cn_subject} or {cn_issuer} macro.  Patch inspired
789		by Matthias Andree's changes for fetchmail.
790	During the generation of a queue identifier an integer overflow
791		could occur which might result in bogus characters
792		being used.  Based on patch from John Vannoy of
793		Pepperdine University.
794	The value of headers, e.g., Precedence, Content-Type, et.al.,
795		was not processed correctly.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
796	Between 8.11.7 and 8.12.0 the length limitation on a return
797		path was erroneously reduced from MAXNAME (256) to
798		MAXSHORTSTR (203).  Patch from John Gardiner Myers
799		of Proofpoint; the problem was also noted by Steve
800		Hubert of University of Washington.
801	Prevent a crash when a hostname lookup returns a seemingly
802		valid result which contains a NULL pointer (this seems
803		to be happening on some Linux versions).
804	The process title was missing the current load average when
805		the MTA was delaying connections due to DelayLA.
806		Patch from Dick St.Peters of NetHeaven.
807	Do not reset the number of queue entries in shared memory if
808		only some of them are processed.
809	Fix overflow of an internal array when parsing some replies
810		from a milter.  Problem found by Scott Rotondo
811		of Sun Microsystems.
812	If STARTTLS is turned off in the server (via M=S) then it
813		would not be initialized for use in the client either.
814		Patch from Kazuteru Okahashi of IIJ.
815	If a Diffie-Hellman cipher is selected for STARTTLS, the
816		handshake could fail with some TLS implementations
817		because the prime used by the server is not long enough.
818		Note: the initialization of the DSA/DH parameters for
819		the server can take a significant amount of time on slow
820		machines. This can be turned off by setting DHParameters
821		to none or a file (see doc/op/op.me).  Patch from
822		Petr Lampa of the Brno University of Technology.
823	Fix handling of `b' modifier for DaemonPortOptions on little
824		endian machines for loopback address.  Patch from
825		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
826	Fix a potential memory leak in libsmdb/smdb1.c found by parfait.
827		Based on patch from Jonathan Gray of OpenBSD.
828	If a milter sets the reply code to "421" during the transfer
829		of the body, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
830		with that error to match the behavior of the other callbacks.
831	Return EX_IOERR (instead of 0) if a mail submission fails due to
832		missing disk space in the mail queue.  Based on patch
833		from Martin Poole of RedHat.
834	CONFIG: Using FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s `nodomain' argument would
835		cause addresses not found in LDAP to be misparsed.
836	CONFIG: Using a CN restriction did not work for TLS_Clt as it
837		referred to a wrong macro.  Patch from John Gardiner
838		Myers of Proofpoint.
839	CONFIG: The option relaytofulladdress of FEATURE(`access_db')
840		did not work if FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') is used too.
841		Problem noted by Kristian Shaw.
842	CONFIG: The internal function lower() was broken and hence
843		strcasecmp() did not work either, which could cause
844		problems for some FEATURE()s if upper case arguments
845		were used.  Patch from Vesa-Matti J Kari of the
846		University of Helsinki.
847	LIBMILTER: Fix internal check whether a milter application
848		is compiled against the same version of libmilter as
849		it is linked against (especially useful for dynamic
850		libraries).
851	LIBMILTER: Fix memory leak that occurred when smfi_setsymlist()
852		was used.  Based on patch by Dan Lukes.
853	LIBMILTER: Document the effect of SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC for filters
854		which add, insert, or replace headers.  From Benjamin
855		Pineau.
856	LIBMILTER: Fix error messages which refer to "select()" to be
857		correct if SM_CONF_POLL is used.  Based on patch from
858		John Nemeth.
859	LIBSM: Fix handling of LDAP search failures where the error is
860		carried in the search result itself, such as seen with
861		OpenLDAP proxy servers.
862	VACATION: Do not refer to a local variable outside its scope.
863		Based on patch from Mark Costlow of Southwest Cyberport.
864	Portability:
865		Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for SunOS 5.11. Patch from
866		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
867		Drop NISPLUS from default SunOS 5.11 map definitions.
868		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
869
8708.14.3/8.14.3	2008/05/03
871	During ruleset processing the generation of a key for a map
872		lookup and the parsing of the default value was broken
873		for some macros, e.g., $|, which caused the BlankSub
874		character to be inserted into the workspace and thus
875		failures, e.g., rules that should have matched did not.
876	8.14.2 caused a regression: it accessed (macro) storage which was
877		freed before. First instance of the problem reported by
878		Matthew Dillon of DragonFlyBSD; variations of the same
879		bug reported by Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD, Moritz
880		Jodeit, and Dave Hayes.
881	Improve pathname length checks for persistent host status.  Patch
882		from Joerg Sonnenberger of DragonFlyBSD.
883	Reword misleading SMTP reply text for FEATURE(`badmx').  Problem
884		noted by Beth Halsema.
885	The read timeout was fixed to be Timeout.datablock if STARTTLS
886		was activated. This may cause problems if that value
887		is lowered from its default. Problem noted by Jens Elkner.
888	CONFIG: Using LOCAL_TLS_CLIENT caused the tls_client ruleset
889		to operate incorrectly.  Problem found by Werner Wiethege.
890	LIBMILTER: Omitting some protocol steps via the xxfi_negotiate()
891		callback did not work properly. The patchlevel of
892		libmilter has been set to 1 so a milter can determine
893		whether libmilter contains this fix.
894	MAKEMAP: If a delimiter is specified (-t) use that also when
895		dumping a map.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD.
896	Portability:
897		Add support for Darwin 9.x (Mac OS X 10.5).
898		Support shared libraries in Darwin 8 and 9.  Patch from
899		Chris Behrens of Concentric.
900		Add support for SCO OpenServer 6, patch from Boyd Gerber.
901	DEVTOOLS: Clarify that confSHAREDLIBDIR requires a trailing slash.
902	New Files:
903		devtools/OS/Darwin.9.x
904		devtools/OS/OSR.i386
905
9068.14.2/8.14.2	2007/11/01
907	If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in
908		a From: or To: header, then those characters could be
909		"mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue
910		run and trigger various consistency checks.  Problem
911		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
912	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which
913		it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter
914		is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding
915		case every MAXLINE-1 characters.  Patch from John Gardiner
916		Myers of Proofpoint.
917	Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not
918		work in earlier 8.14 versions.
919	Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to
920		background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient.
921		Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete
922		recipients.
923	ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as
924		documented), not when it was reached.  Patch from
925		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
926	Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are
927		specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested.
928	When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup
929		(-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for
930		the query (not also those in the "additional section".)
931	If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server)
932		exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and
933		the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously
934		created a delivery status notification (DSN).  Patch
935		from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation.
936	A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires
937		the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself.
938		Problem noted by Eliot Lear.
939	sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is
940		compiled in but not offered by the server and the
941		delivery failed temporarily.  Patch from Werner Wiethege.
942	If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the
943		map so it will be reopened on the next lookup.  This
944		should help "failover" configurations that specify more
945		than one LDAP server.
946	If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could
947		be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring
948		a system which does not have the compile time flag
949		HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura
950		of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
951	If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the
952		logfile entry might have been wrong.  Problem found by
953		Petra Humann of TU Dresden.
954	If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not
955		NULL, the message body was lost.  Patch from Motonori
956		Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
957	sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname.  Patch from Peng Haitao.
958	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when
959		replacing files.
960	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when
961		reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory.
962	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where
963		appropriate.
964	LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled
965		against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an
966		8.14 libmilter.so shared library.
967	LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel
968		from the version number, however, the returned value was
969		correct for the current libmilter version.
970
9718.14.1/8.14.1	2007/04/03
972	Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep
973		it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the
974		transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced
975		in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ.  Bug
976		found by Andy Fiddaman.
977	The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character
978		could not be set in 8.14.0.
979	If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS
980		command, sendmail would log a misleading error message
981		due to an internal inconsistency.  Problem found by
982		Werner Wiethege.
983	Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq.
984		Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of
985		Science and Mathematics.
986	CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce.
987	CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition
988		of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE
989		m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and
990		SharedMemoryKeyFile.
991	CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4
992		options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data.
993	CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary.
994		Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College.
995	LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the
996		currently available macros.  Problem found by Andy Fiddaman.
997	LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option
998		negotiation.  Problem reported by Bryan Costales.
999	LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation.
1000		Patches from Bryan Costales.
1001	PORTABILITY FIXES:
1002		AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to
1003			redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR.
1004			Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob
1005			Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1006		Add support for QNX.6.  Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX
1007			Software Systems.
1008	New Files:
1009		devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4
1010		devtools/OS/QNX.6.x
1011		include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h
1012
1013	New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry:
1014		libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html
1015		libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html
1016
10178.14.0/8.14.0	2007/01/31
1018	Header field values are now 8 bit clean.  Notes:
1019		- header field names are still restricted to 7 bit.
1020		- RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in
1021		  headers.
1022	Preserve spaces after the colon in a header.  Previously, any
1023		number of spaces after the colon would be changed to
1024		exactly one space.
1025	In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can
1026		be silently lost.  Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion
1027		limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter
1028		may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of
1029		.forward files that refer to others.  Patch from
1030		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1031	Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then
1032		"sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the
1033		hostname of the client is undefined.  It is now set
1034		to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback.
1035	Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating.
1036		Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon.
1037	New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command.
1038		Patch from Nik Clayton.
1039	New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of
1040		permanent errors (5xy).  This can be useful for testing.
1041	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually
1042		per daemon socket:
1043			DeliveryMode	DeliveryMode
1044			refuseLA	RefuseLA
1045			delayLA		DelayLA
1046			queueLA		QueueLA
1047			children	MaxDaemonChildren
1048	New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the
1049		lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the
1050		arguments specified in the map lookup.  Loosely based
1051		on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth.
1052	Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered.  Patch
1053		from Nik Clayton.
1054	If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check
1055		performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do
1056		not also invoke greet_pause.  Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk
1057		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1058	If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause
1059		introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message
1060		was logged previously.  Problem noted by Vernon Schryver
1061		et.al., patch from Matej Vela.
1062	New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine
1063		readable" status.
1064	New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end
1065		of a message, its parameter is the size of the message.
1066	If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address
1067		is a header address it also distinguishes between
1068		recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for
1069		envelope addresses).
1070	When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible
1071		by all transactions in the same SMTP session.
1072	Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY).
1073	New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the
1074		number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will
1075		slow down responding.
1076	New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is
1077		enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory
1078		key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying
1079		a file where to store the selected key.
1080	Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam
1081		by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command
1082		from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the
1083		connection is terminated immediately.
1084	New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting
1085		X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual
1086		account that addresses map to.  Patch from Dan Harkless.
1087	New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps:
1088		-B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries.
1089		-z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of
1090			a query if it is too long.
1091		-Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated
1092			to form the result of a lookup.
1093	New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests
1094		implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly
1095		started by using "make check".
1096	Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been
1097		reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by
1098		Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University.
1099	Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for
1100		terminated child processes.  Problem noted by David F. Skoll.
1101	When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a
1102		queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not
1103		intended.
1104	New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number.
1105		Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1106	New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle
1107		algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux),
1108		which may improve the communication performance on some
1109		operating systems.  Patch from John Gardiner Myers of
1110		Proofpoint.
1111	If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF
1112		(thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously
1113		generate an additional blank line in the output as the last
1114		line.
1115	Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to
1116		the "queue control process" (QCP) works now.
1117	Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with
1118		really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations.
1119		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1120	If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to
1121		a missing initialization call for that case).  Problem
1122		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1123	If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL
1124		before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH
1125		could fail for the sendmail client.  A patch by Moritz Both
1126		works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2.
1127	CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by
1128		undefining STATUS_FILE.  By not setting StatusFile,
1129		the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on
1130		each delivery.
1131	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP
1132		clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS.
1133		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University
1134		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1135	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP
1136		clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either
1137		unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server
1138		name instead of the client name).  Contributed by Neil
1139		Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of
1140		Sun Microsystems.
1141	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses
1142		(MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record.
1143		Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner.
1144	CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override
1145		the maximum line length of the smtp mailers.
1146	CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db')
1147		to allow entries in the access map to be of the form
1148			To:user@example.com	RELAY
1149	CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of
1150		macros a milter should receive at those stages in the
1151		SMTP dialogue.
1152	CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name
1153		for the HELO/EHLO command.
1154	CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine
1155		messages by using those values as second argument.
1156		Patches from Nelson Fung.
1157	CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and
1158		ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or
1159		preceded by a backslash.
1160	DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates
1161		directories, then it used for "make install" to create
1162		the required installation directories.
1163	DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for
1164		executables (defaults to confCC).
1165	LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that
1166		has several changes which are listed below and documented
1167		in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html.
1168	LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been
1169		changed.  It now refers only to the version of libmilter,
1170		not to the protocol version (which is used only internally,
1171		it is not user/milter-programmer visible).  Additionally,
1172		a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such
1173		that a milter program can check the libmilter version also
1174		at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used.
1175	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to
1176		dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available
1177		protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to
1178		specify which of these a milter wants to use.  This allows
1179		for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the
1180		xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure.
1181	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters
1182		can act on the DATA command.
1183	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters
1184		can receive also unknown SMTP commands.
1185	LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which
1186		can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the
1187		milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action.
1188	LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the
1189		xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks
1190		and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback.  This
1191		is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the
1192		body chunks it already received without reading the entire
1193		rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions
1194		that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback.
1195	LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add
1196		new recipients including ESMTP parameters.
1197	LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the
1198		envelope sender including ESMTP parameters.
1199	LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected
1200		recipients (RCPT) too.  This requires to set the protocol
1201		flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation.  Whether
1202		a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the
1203		value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error".
1204	LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it
1205		wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step
1206		by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option
1207		negotiation.
1208	LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all
1209		leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC
1210		protocol action.  Also, if the flag is set then the MTA
1211		does not add a leading space to headers that are added,
1212		inserted, or replaced.
1213	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO
1214		callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
1215		with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks.
1216	New Files:
1217		cf/feature/badmx.m4
1218		cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4
1219		cf/feature/require_rdns.m4
1220		devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4
1221		include/sm/misc.h
1222		include/sm/sendmail.h
1223		include/sm/tailq.h
1224		libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html
1225		libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html
1226		libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html
1227		libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html
1228		libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html
1229		libmilter/example.c
1230		libmilter/monitor.c
1231		libmilter/worker.c
1232		libsm/memstat.c
1233		libsm/t-memstat.c
1234		libsm/t-qic.c
1235		libsm/util.c
1236		sendmail/daemon.h
1237		sendmail/map.h
1238
12398.13.8/8.13.8	2006/08/09
1240	Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then
1241		the server can erroneously report that there is
1242		insufficient disk space.  Additionally make sure that
1243		an internal variable is set properly to avoid those
1244		misleading errors.  Based on patch from Steve Hubert
1245		of University of Washington.
1246	Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after
1247		the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if
1248		sendmail -bd is invoked.  Problem reported by Kan Sasaki
1249		of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege.
1250	Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none".  Patch from
1251		David F. Skoll.
1252	Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable.
1253		Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit.
1254	CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4
1255		range (0..255).
1256	LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback
1257		previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}.  However,
1258		this did not match the documentation of the function, hence
1259		it has been changed to {client_name}.  See doc/op/op.me
1260		about these macros.
1261
12628.13.7/8.13.7	2006/06/14
1263	A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to
1264		crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow,
1265		e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s).  This
1266		happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7()
1267		was not restricted.  The function is called for MIME 8 to
1268		7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength.
1269		To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to
1270		a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this
1271		limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further.
1272		Problem noted by Frank Sheiness.
1273	The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for
1274		SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g.,
1275		DIGEST-MD5.  Problem noted by Robert Stampfli.
1276	If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase)
1277		a df file might have been left behind in the queue.
1278		This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O
1279		layer made in 8.13.6.
1280	Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a
1281		Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD
1282		distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/
1283		Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives",
1284		e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen.
1285		Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments
1286		like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those.
1287		Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases
1288		to avoid those false positives.
1289	If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration
1290		error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid
1291		files were not removed.
1292	If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP
1293		parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected.  Problem
1294		reported by Akihiro Sagawa.
1295	Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding
1296		bug work-around.  Hence if sendmail is linked against
1297		either of these versions and compression is available,
1298		the padding bug work-around is turned off.  Based on
1299		patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley.
1300	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used
1301		blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups,
1302		however, that list is no longer available.  To avoid
1303		further problems, no default value is available anymore,
1304		but an argument must be specified.
1305	Portability:
1306		Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c.  Patch from
1307		Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah.
1308
13098.13.6/8.13.6	2006/03/22
1310	SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
1311		and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
1312		layer and fix problems in that code.  Also fix handling of
1313		a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
1314		attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
1315		setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
1316		Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
1317	Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
1318		the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
1319		(signed) integer value.  This is prevented in the default
1320		configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
1321		most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
1322		those values.  Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
1323	If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
1324		another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
1325		not trigger an internal consistency check.  Problem found
1326		by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1327	If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
1328		to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
1329		STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
1330		2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
1331		of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
1332		temporary error in 8.13.5).  Problem reported by Jeff
1333		A. Earickson of Colby College.
1334	Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command.  Patch from John
1335		Myers of Proofpoint.
1336	Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
1337		for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
1338		processed.  Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
1339	Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
1340		resume a stored TLS session.
1341	Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
1342		a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
1343		Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
1344	LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
1345		(libmilter.h).  Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
1346		Sun Microsystems.
1347	LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
1348		This generates an error message from libmilter on
1349		Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
1350		request silently.
1351	LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
1352		-1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
1353		directly.  Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
1354		Services.
1355	Portability:
1356		Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
1357		in NetBSD.  Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
1358		Andrew Brown.
1359
13608.13.5/8.13.5	2005/09/16
1361	Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
1362		exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
1363		directory.  This structure is used decide whether there
1364		is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
1365		without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
1366		subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
1367		than the base directory.
1368	Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
1369		checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
1370		an envelope across queue groups.  Problem found by
1371		Werner Wiethege.
1372	If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
1373		number of items to process, sort the queue first and
1374		then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
1375		Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
1376	Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN.  Problem noted by
1377		Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1378		University.
1379	FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
1380		From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1381	When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
1382		it as a temporary error, not as protocol error.  Problem
1383		noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1384	Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
1385		prototype used static too.  Patch from Peter Klein.
1386	Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
1387	LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
1388		zero then do not silently ignore that call.  Patch from
1389		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1390	LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
1391		the SMTP session with that error.  Fix from Brian Kantor.
1392	Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
1393			has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
1394			of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
1395			source code.
1396		Add support for AIX 5.3.
1397		Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
1398		Add support for Darwin 8.x.  Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
1399		OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
1400	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
1401		Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
1402			GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
1403			Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
1404		Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
1405			was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
1406			broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
1407			Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
1408		Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
1409			the defaults in the sendmail binary.  Problem noted
1410			by Mike Pechkin.
1411	New Files:
1412		cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
1413		devtools/OS/AIX.5.3
1414		devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
1415		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
1416		include/sm/time.h
1417
14188.13.4/8.13.4	2005/03/27
1419	The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
1420		different error which could result in connections that
1421		stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
1422		properly initialized.  Problem noted by Michael Sims.
1423	Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature().  This bug could lead
1424		to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
1425		host.  Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
1426		tracked down by Gael Roualland.
1427	Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr().  Problem
1428		found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
1429	If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
1430		owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
1431		the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
1432		to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
1433	The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
1434		memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
1435		and bounce generation.
1436	Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
1437		in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
1438		for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
1439		Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
1440		down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1441	The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag.  Patch from
1442		Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
1443	The socket map did not obey the -f flag.  Problem noted by
1444		Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
1445	The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
1446		the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
1447		return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
1448	Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
1449		to avoid a possible segmentation fault.  Based on patch
1450		by Joe Maimon.
1451	Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
1452		does not assign a value to its output parameter.  Based
1453		on patch by Brian Kantor.
1454	Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
1455		to Cyrus SASL version 2).  Otherwise an SMTP session might
1456		be dropped after an AUTH failure.
1457	Portability:
1458		Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
1459			"long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
1460			AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode.  Note: this has to be set
1461			"by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
1462			Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
1463		Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x.  This should
1464			fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
1465			Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
1466			University of Bremen.
1467	New Files:
1468		include/sm/sem.h
1469		libsm/sem.c
1470		libsm/t-sem.c
1471
14728.13.3/8.13.3	2005/01/11
1473	Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
1474		is active.
1475	Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
1476		due to a 421 error.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
1477		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1478	Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
1479		closing a connection.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
1480		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1481	Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
1482		next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
1483		connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
1484		SMTP reply code.  Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
1485
14868.13.2/8.13.2	2004/12/15
1487	Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
1488		buffer size.  Previously a part of such a header would
1489		end up in the body of the message.  Problem noted by
1490		Simple Nomad of BindView.
1491	Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
1492		headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
1493		Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
1494	If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
1495		message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
1496		messages on that connection.  This prevents bogus "Bad
1497		file number" recipient status.  Problem noted by
1498		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1499	Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
1500		2821.  Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
1501	Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
1502		for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
1503		Cyrus IMAP lmtp server.  Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
1504	When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
1505		them off at a comma.  Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
1506	Add more logging to milter change header functions to
1507		complement existing logging.  Based on patch from
1508		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1509	Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
1510		Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
1511	Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
1512		to a hostname for use with SASL.  Problem noted by Ken Jones;
1513		patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
1514	CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
1515		mailer.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1516	LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
1517		xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
1518		Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
1519	LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
1520		different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
1521		Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
1522	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem
1523		noted by Nelson Fung.
1524	MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
1525		mail.local.  Problem noted by William Park.
1526	VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem noted
1527		by Nelson Fung.
1528	Portability:
1529		Add support for DragonFly BSD.
1530	New Files:
1531		cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
1532		devtools/OS/DragonFly
1533		include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
1534	Deleted Files:
1535		libsm/vsscanf.c
1536
15378.13.1/8.13.1	2004/07/30
1538	Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
1539		objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
1540		alias expansion.  Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
1541		Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
1542	Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
1543		(partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1544	Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
1545		but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
1546		smaller than the size of the memory buffer.  Problem noted
1547		by David Russell.
1548	Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
1549		but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
1550		a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
1551		verification would always fail.  Problem noted by Al Smith.
1552	Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
1553		the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
1554		Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
1555	${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
1556		Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
1557	CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
1558		FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
1559		use the access map.  Note: if no default value is given
1560		for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
1561		FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
1562		Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
1563		Bielefeld.
1564	CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
1565		is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
1566	Portability:
1567		Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code.  Problem
1568			noted by Geoff Adams.
1569		NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3).  Patch from Andrew Brown.
1570		NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
1571			a system.  Patch from Andrew Brown.
1572		Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
1573			incompatibilities with various *roff related
1574			tools.  Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
1575	New Files:
1576		doc/op/README
1577
15788.13.0/8.13.0	2004/06/20
1579	Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
1580		information.  See also cf/README about MSP and the section
1581		"Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
1582		Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1583		University.
1584	Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
1585		and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
1586		of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1587	Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
1588		by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
1589	Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
1590		specifications in an LDAP map definition.  This allows
1591		LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
1592		URL which will in turn be queried.  See the ``LDAP
1593		Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
1594		Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
1595	Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
1596		(O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
1597		include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
1598		See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
1599		of cf/README for more information.
1600	New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
1601		LDAP API/protocol version to use.  The default depends on
1602		the LDAP library.
1603	New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
1604		LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
1605		and -p port.  This also allows for the use of LDAP over
1606		SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
1607		library supports it.
1608	New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
1609		ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
1610	If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
1611		during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
1612		done for too many bad SMTP commands.
1613	Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
1614		maintains the number of incoming connections per client
1615		IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
1616		{total_rate}, respectively.  These macros can be used
1617		in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
1618		A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
1619		determines the length of the interval for which the
1620		number of connections is stored.  Based on patch from
1621		Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
1622	Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
1623		send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
1624		If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
1625		FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
1626		amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
1627		greeting.  If any traffic is received before then, a 554
1628		SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
1629		during that connection.
1630	If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
1631		server could sleep for a very long time.  Fix based on
1632		patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
1633	Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
1634		number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
1635		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
1636	Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
1637		misinterpret it as a permanent error.
1638	New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
1639		all milters accepted the mail.  This can increase
1640		performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
1641		body scans.  Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
1642	New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
1643		header, whether provided by the client or generated by
1644		sendmail.
1645	New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
1646		connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
1647		Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
1648		Mines de Paris.
1649	sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits.  This was done
1650		to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
1651		scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
1652		runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
1653		pid no longer existing.  See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
1654		for a discussion of the implications of this, including
1655		how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
1656		the old behavior.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1657	Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
1658		filter list specified in InputMailFilters.  The filters
1659		can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
1660	Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'.  If
1661		your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
1662		add those names to class 'w' yourself.  Problem noted
1663		by Sander Eerkes.
1664	Support message quarantining in the mail queue.  Quarantined
1665		messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
1666		unless specifically requested with -qQ.  Quarantined queue
1667		files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
1668	The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
1669		or run.  -qQ operates on quarantined queue items.  -qL
1670		operates on lost queue items.
1671	Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
1672		quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
1673		quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
1674		given text.  Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
1675		quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
1676		quarantine reason.
1677	Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
1678		new -Q option.  See doc/op/op.me for more information.
1679	When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
1680		quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
1681		"QUARANTINE:".
1682	A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
1683		to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
1684		header check rulesets.  The $: of the mailer triplet will
1685		be used for the quarantine reason.
1686	Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
1687	Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
1688		message if it is quarantined.
1689	New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
1690		or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
1691		See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
1692		socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
1693		Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
1694	Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
1695		lookup for the client IP address.  Note: this is the same
1696		as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
1697	Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
1698		recipients received so far in a transaction.
1699	Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
1700		DNS entries.  See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr').  Problem
1701		noted by Kai Schlichting.
1702	Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
1703		headers (turn them into DSNs).  Delivery-Receipt-To: is
1704		apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
1705	Enable connection caching for LPC mailers.  Patch from Christophe
1706		Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
1707	Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
1708	Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2.  From Kenneth Murchison of
1709		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1710	Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
1711		support mutual authentication.  From Kenneth Murchison of
1712		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1713	Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
1714	The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
1715		format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
1716		problems with parsing them.  Problem noted by Pierangelo
1717		Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
1718	New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
1719		passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from Gary Mills
1720		of the University of Manitoba.
1721	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
1722		successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
1723		EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
1724		is active.
1725	Add basic support for certificate revocation lists.  Note: if a
1726		CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
1727		is disabled.  Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
1728	Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
1729		DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
1730	Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
1731		runner.  Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1732	Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
1733		overwrite each other's pid files.
1734	Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
1735		{cert_issuer} from 128 to 256.  Requested by Christophe
1736		Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1737	Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
1738		LogLevel 12 or higher.
1739	If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
1740		try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
1741		to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
1742		it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
1743		MTA.  Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
1744	If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
1745		by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
1746		to high load, log this information.  Patch from John Beck
1747		of Sun Microsystems.
1748	Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
1749		CheckpointInterval on the command line.
1750	New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
1751		subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
1752	New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
1753		Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1754	Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default.  To turn
1755		it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
1756	An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
1757		causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
1758		discarded.  This also caused milter callbacks to be called
1759		out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
1760	New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
1761		REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.  See sendmail/README for
1762		further information.
1763	New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
1764		the indicated log file instead of stdout.
1765	Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
1766		queue return and warning times for delivery status
1767		notifications.
1768	New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
1769		at all.
1770	Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
1771		to enable/disable certain features in the server per
1772		connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
1773	Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
1774		for DaemonPortOptions.
1775	Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
1776		trying to canonify hostnames.  Suggested by Neil Rickert
1777		of Northern Illinois University.
1778	Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
1779		be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks.  This
1780		is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
1781		view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
1782		outside).  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1783	Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
1784		handshake.  Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1785	Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead.  Patch from
1786		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1787	libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
1788		then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100.  Patch from Mark Roth
1789		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1790	Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
1791		applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1792	New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
1793		i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
1794		0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
1795	If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
1796		terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
1797	Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
1798		HOSTALIASES.
1799	Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write.  To enable this in 8.13
1800		compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
1801	Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
1802		the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
1803		parentheses, and angle brackets.  Based on patch from
1804		Oleg Bulyzhin.
1805	Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
1806		angle brackets when reading in rulesets.  This allows
1807		rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
1808		that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
1809		Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
1810	Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
1811		some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
1812	Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
1813		sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
1814	Portability:
1815		Two new compile options have been added:
1816			HASCLOSEFROM	System has closefrom(3).
1817			HASFDWALK	System has fdwalk(3).
1818			Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1819		The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
1820			change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
1821			it.  Be sure to update other sendmail related
1822			programs to match locking techniques.
1823		New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
1824			if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
1825		Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
1826			UNICOS.  Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
1827			Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
1828			Center for Scientific Computing.
1829		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1830		Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1831		Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
1832			Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
1833			Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
1834			major()/minor() definitions.  Based on feedback
1835			from Mark Funkenhauser.
1836	CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
1837		for maps via new attributes.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR
1838		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
1839		cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
1840	CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
1841		is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
1842		Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
1843		of Northern Illinois University.
1844	CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
1845		instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
1846		the message using the given reason.
1847	CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
1848		instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
1849		DNS records than just A.
1850	CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
1851		length of the interval for which the number of incoming
1852		connections is maintained.
1853	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
1854		rate control for individual hosts or nets.
1855	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
1856		number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
1857	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
1858		slamming protection described above.  The feature can
1859		take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
1860		use the access database to look the pause time based on
1861		client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
1862	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
1863		$&{client_ptr} as its first argument.  This is useful for
1864		rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
1865		which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
1866		versions when delay_checks was not in use.  See also entry
1867		above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
1868	CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
1869		interval when refusing connections for this long.
1870	CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
1871		this requires a change in a mc file.  Requested by
1872		Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
1873	CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
1874		that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from
1875		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1876	CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
1877		to follow the naming conventions.
1878	CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
1879		the A= argument.
1880	CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
1881		local_lmtp.
1882	CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
1883		time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
1884	CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
1885		cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
1886		its rules.
1887	CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
1888		to control queue return and warning times for delivery
1889		status notifications.
1890	CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
1891	CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
1892		file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
1893		Patch from Richard Rognlie.
1894	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
1895		Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
1896		doc/op/op.me.
1897	CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
1898		option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
1899		use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1900	CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
1901		certificate revocations lists.
1902	CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
1903		FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
1904		MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
1905		in LDAP.  See cf/README for more information.
1906	CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1907		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
1908		lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match.  See cf/README
1909		for more information.
1910	CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1911		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
1912		or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
1913		reached.  See cf/README for more information.  Based on
1914		patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
1915	CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
1916	CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
1917		Message-Id: header format.  Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
1918		of LifeLine Networks.
1919	CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR.  From
1920		Derek J. Balling.
1921	CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
1922		Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
1923	DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
1924		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1925	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
1926		filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
1927		Filters which use this function must include the
1928		SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
1929	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
1930		will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
1931	LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
1932		named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
1933	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
1934		to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
1935		resetting the timeout.
1936	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
1937		to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
1938		failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
1939	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
1940		filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
1941	LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
1942		them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
1943		Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
1944	LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
1945		docs/sample.html.  Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
1946	LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
1947		Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
1948	LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg().  Patches
1949		from Bryan Costales.
1950	LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
1951		poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
1952	LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
1953		amendments to support header insertion operations.
1954	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
1955		mail.local/README.  Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1956		Informations Services.
1957	MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
1958	MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
1959		instead of '#'.
1960	VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
1961		whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
1962		headers.
1963	VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
1964		for the auto-response message.
1965	New Files:
1966		CACerts
1967		cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
1968		cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
1969		cf/feature/mtamark.m4
1970		cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
1971		cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
1972		cf/ostype/unicos.m4
1973		cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
1974		cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
1975		contrib/socketmapClient.pl
1976		contrib/socketmapServer.pl
1977		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1978		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
1979		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
1980		devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
1981		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
1982		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
1983		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
1984		libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
1985		libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
1986		libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
1987		libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
1988		libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
1989		libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
1990		sendmail/ratectrl.c
1991	Deleted Files:
1992		cf/feature/nodns.m4
1993		contrib/oldbind.compat.c
1994		devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
1995		devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
1996		libsm/vsprintf.c
1997	Renamed Files:
1998		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
1999
20008.12.11/8.12.11	2004/01/18
2001	Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files.  This error was a
2002		regression in 8.12.10.  Problem detected and diagnosed
2003		Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
2004	Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
2005		make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
2006		exceeded.  Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
2007		Techfirm, Inc.
2008	Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
2009		seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
2010		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
2011	Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
2012		whose process id is the same as that of the initial
2013		sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
2014		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
2015	When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
2016		recipient address also against the printable addresses
2017		of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
2018		Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
2019	BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
2020		error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
2021		right hand side error:.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
2022	Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
2023		Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2024	Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
2025		text that has been introduced in 8.12.3.  There are some
2026		examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
2027		To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
2028		-DMIME7TO8_OLD=0.  If you have an example of improper
2029		7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
2030	Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
2031		the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
2032		connection.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
2033	Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
2034		causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
2035		To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
2036	If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
2037		then a possible race condition for creating qf files
2038		can be avoided.  Note: the race condition does not
2039		exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
2040		external application that accesses qf files.
2041	Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
2042		the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
2043	Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
2044		files could be left behind.  Problem found by Wolfgang
2045		Breyha.
2046	The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
2047		deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13.  This only
2048		effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
2049		'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
2050		environment.
2051	Portability:
2052		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
2053		Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
2054			Sun Microsystems.
2055	LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
2056		to libmilter.  Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
2057	SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
2058		Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
2059	New Files:
2060		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
2061
20628.12.10/8.12.10	2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
2063	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing.  Problem
2064		detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
2065		of Courtesan Consulting.
2066	Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing.  This problem
2067		is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
2068		only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
2069		mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
2070		a problem may occur.  Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
2071	Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
2072		Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
2073	Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
2074	Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
2075		conversions.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2076	Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
2077		not just header.  Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
2078	Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
2079		transactions for broken clients which do not properly
2080		announce 8 bit data.  Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
2081	Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
2082		Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
2083	Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
2084	Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
2085		encountering a comment that is too long.  Problem noted by
2086		Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
2087	Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
2088		checking.  It is used for IPv6 domain literals.  Patch from
2089		Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
2090	Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
2091		Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
2092	Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
2093		to make sure they match.
2094	Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
2095		in the kernel.
2096	When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
2097		do not ignore the other recipients.  Problem noted by
2098		Bart Duchesne.
2099	CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
2100		lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text".  Problem noted by
2101		Craig Hunt.
2102	CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument.  Patch
2103		from Jerome Borsboom.
2104	CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
2105		and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc.  Patches from
2106		Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
2107	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
2108		improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
2109		mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
2110		after the close() and before the truncate().
2111	MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
2112		stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
2113		Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
2114	Portability:
2115		Port for AIX 5.2.  Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
2116			of Washington for providing access to a computer
2117			with AIX 5.2.
2118		setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3.  Patch from
2119			Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2120		Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
2121			on all operating systems.  Patch from Robert Harker
2122			of Harker Systems.
2123		Use strerror(3) on Linux.  If this causes a problem on
2124			your Linux distribution, compile with
2125			-DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
2126	New Files:
2127		devtools/OS/AIX.5.2
2128
21298.12.9/8.12.9	2003/03/29
2130	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2131		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2132		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2133		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2134		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2135		includes DNS.
2136	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2137		8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2138		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
2139		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2140	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2141		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2142		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2143		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2144		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2145		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
2146		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2147	Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail.  Problem noted
2148		by Derek Wueppelmann.
2149	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
2150		have flock(2).  Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
2151		College London.
2152	Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
2153		errors, e.g., looping processes.  Problem noted by
2154		Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
2155	CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
2156		Patch from Andrzej Filip.
2157	CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
2158	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
2159		text file instead of the database map.
2160	Portability:
2161		Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
2162			builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
2163			This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
2164			in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
2165
21668.12.8/8.12.8	2003/02/11
2167	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2168		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2169		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2170		of ISS X-Force.
2171	Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
2172		.cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
2173		parsing ident responses.  Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
2174		Stanford University Compilation Group.
2175	Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
2176		the selected queue group.  Problem noted by Jos Vos.
2177	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
2178		log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
2179		MIME header".  Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
2180	CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
2181		error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
2182	MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
2183		a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
2184		a regular file.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2185
21868.12.7/8.12.7	2002/12/29
2187	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2188		across various connections.  This could cause session
2189		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2190		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
2191		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2192	Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue.  The MSP
2193		only needs to relay all mail to the MTA.  Problem found
2194		by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
2195	Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
2196		characters in some logging statements.  Problem noted by
2197		Erik Parker.
2198	When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
2199		EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
2200		is used.
2201	Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command.  Problem
2202		noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
2203	Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
2204		file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
2205		install time.  This fixes installation over NFS for some
2206		users.  Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
2207		Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
2208	Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data.  Problem noted by
2209		Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
2210	Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
2211		of 11 or higher.
2212	Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
2213		exiting.  Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
2214	Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
2215		of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
2216		The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
2217		to be run even if Runners=0.
2218	Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
2219		connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
2220		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2221	Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
2222		(/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
2223	Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0.  Problem noted by
2224		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2225	Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
2226		rulesets.  Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
2227	Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting.  Problem noted
2228		by John Majikes of IBM.
2229	Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
2230		different processes.  Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
2231	Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
2232		times out during message collection.  Problem noted by Neil
2233		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2234	Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
2235		qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
2236		Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
2237	If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>".  Problem
2238		noted by Matthias Andree.
2239	Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
2240		versions of tmac.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
2241	Portability:
2242		Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
2243		Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
2244			and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
2245			an argument, hence the builtin version of
2246			sendmail is used instead.  This can be overridden
2247			by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0.  Problem noted by
2248			Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
2249		Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
2250			of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2251		Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
2252			of the TrustedBSD Project.
2253		Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
2254			system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
2255		Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
2256		Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
2257			Corporation.
2258		Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
2259	CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
2260		is used.  Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
2261	CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
2262		DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
2263		Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
2264	CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
2265		to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
2266		which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
2267		::1 for IPv6).  If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
2268		you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
2269		in the file itself.
2270	CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
2271		error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
2272		mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
2273		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2274	CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
2275	CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
2276		relay.
2277	CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
2278		in access_db.
2279	CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
2280	LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
2281		an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
2282		Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
2283	LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
2284		Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
2285		Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2286	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
2287		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
2288		Sun Microsystems.
2289	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
2290		fails.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2291	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
2292		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
2293		iDEFENSE, Inc.
2294	New Files:
2295		devtools/OS/Interix
2296		include/sm/bdb.h
2297
22988.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
2299	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
2300		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
2301		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
2302		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
2303		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
2304	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
2305		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
2306		Courtesan Consulting.
2307	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
2308		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
2309		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
2310	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
2311		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
2312		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2313	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
2314		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
2315		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
2316		Earickson of Colby College.
2317	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
2318		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
2319		Courtesan Consulting.
2320	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
2321		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
2322	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
2323		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
2324		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
2325	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
2326		execve().
2327	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
2328		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
2329		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
2330	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
2331		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
2332		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
2333		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
2334		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2335	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
2336		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
2337		supposed for addresses on the header content.
2338	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
2339	Portability:
2340		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
2341			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
2342			fix from Scott Walters.
2343		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
2344		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
2345			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
2346		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
2347			NETISO support has been dropped.
2348	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
2349		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
2350		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
2351		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
2352		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
2353		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
2354		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
2355		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
2356		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
2357		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
2358		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
2359		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
2360		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
2361		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
2362	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
2363		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
2364		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2365		University.
2366	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
2367		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
2368	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
2369		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2370	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
2371		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2372	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
2373		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
2374		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2375	New Files:
2376		contrib/etrn.0
2377
23788.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
2379	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
2380		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
2381		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
2382		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
2383		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
2384		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
2385	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
2386		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
2387		with rogue DNS servers.
2388	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
2389		by Bryan Costales.
2390	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
2391		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
2392		Costales.
2393	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2394		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2395		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2396		Polytechnic Institute.
2397	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
2398		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
2399	Portability:
2400		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
2401			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
2402			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
2403			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
2404		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
2405			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
2406			8.13 will change the default locking method to
2407			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
2408			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
2409			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
2410			related programs to match locking techniques.
2411
24128.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
2413	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
2414		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
2415		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
2416		section of the top level README for more information.
2417		Problem noted by lumpy.
2418	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
2419		instead of 0644.
2420	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
2421		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
2422		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
2423	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2424		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2425		Purdue University.
2426	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
2427		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
2428		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2429	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
2430		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
2431		of Active State.
2432	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
2433		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
2434		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2435	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
2436		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
2437		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
2438		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
2439	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
2440		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
2441	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
2442		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
2443	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2444		or the queue.
2445	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
2446		user who started sendmail.
2447	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
2448		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
2449		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
2450	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
2451		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
2452		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
2453		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
2454		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
2455	Portability:
2456		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
2457			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
2458			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
2459		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
2460			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
2461			Charles University in Prague.
2462		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
2463			memory.
2464	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
2465		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
2466	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
2467		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
2468		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
2469	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
2470		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
2471	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
2472		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
2473		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
2474		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
2475		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
2476	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
2477		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
2478		noted by Bryan Costales.
2479	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
2480		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
2481	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
2482		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
2483	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
2484		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2485	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
2486		match dnsbl change.
2487	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
2488		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
2489		installing the sendmail statistics file.
2490	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
2491		a user's filter starts other applications.
2492	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
2493		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
2494	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
2495		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
2496		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
2497	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
2498		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
2499	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
2500		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
2501		noted by Bryan Costales.
2502	New Files:
2503		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
2504
25058.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
2506	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
2507		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
2508		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
2509		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
2510		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
2511		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
2512		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
2513		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
2514		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
2515		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
2516		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
2517		University.
2518	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
2519		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
2520		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
2521		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
2522		of INTERMETA.
2523	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
2524		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
2525	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
2526		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
2527	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
2528		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
2529		ActiveState.
2530	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
2531		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
2532	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
2533		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2534		Northern Illinois University.
2535	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
2536		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
2537		of Dinoex.
2538	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
2539		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2540		Polytechnic Institute.
2541	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
2542		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
2543		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
2544	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
2545		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
2546		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
2547	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
2548		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2549	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
2550		patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2551	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
2552		missing arguments.
2553	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
2554		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
2555		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
2556	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
2557		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2558	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
2559		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
2560		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
2561	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
2562		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
2563		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
2564	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
2565		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
2566		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
2567		of Concordia University.
2568	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
2569		found by Mario Nigrovic.
2570	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
2571		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
2572		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
2573		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
2574	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
2575		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
2576		Elvers.
2577	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
2578		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
2579		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
2580		total number of TCP connections.
2581	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
2582		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
2583		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
2584	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
2585		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
2586	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2587		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2588		Texas.
2589	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
2590		to 451.
2591	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
2592		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
2593		patch by Bryan Costales.
2594	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
2595		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
2596	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
2597		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
2598		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
2599		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
2600		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
2601		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
2602		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
2603		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2604	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
2605		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
2606		command).
2607	Portability:
2608		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
2609			available.
2610		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
2611			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
2612			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
2613			Skyrr.
2614		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
2615			noted by John Beck.
2616		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
2617		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
2618			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
2619	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
2620		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
2621		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
2622	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2623		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2624		error.
2625	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
2626		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
2627		Krzysztof Oledzki.
2628	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
2629		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
2630	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
2631		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
2632	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
2633		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
2634		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
2635		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
2636		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
2637		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
2638	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
2639		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
2640		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
2641		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
2642		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
2643		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
2644		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
2645		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2646	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
2647		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
2648		noted by John Beck.
2649	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
2650		if queue groups are used.
2651	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
2652	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
2653	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
2654		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
2655	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
2656	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
2657		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
2658		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
2659		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
2660		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
2661		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
2662	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
2663		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
2664		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
2665	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
2666		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
2667		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2668	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
2669		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
2670		ldap_memfree().
2671	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2672		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2673	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
2674		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
2675	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
2676		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
2677		San Francisco.
2678	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
2679	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
2680		Joe Barbish.
2681	New Files:
2682		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
2683
26848.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
2685	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
2686		at startup, only log an error message.
2687	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
2688		following -b) has been specified.
2689	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
2690		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
2691		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2692	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
2693		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
2694		Regensburg.
2695	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
2696		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
2697		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
2698		Institute of Mining and Technology.
2699	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
2700		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2701		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2702	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
2703		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
2704		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2705	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
2706		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
2707		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
2708	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
2709		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
2710		SMTP connections.
2711	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
2712		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
2713		and Technology.
2714	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
2715		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
2716		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2717		Meteorological Institute.
2718	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
2719		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
2720		Online.
2721	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
2722		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
2723		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
2724		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
2725		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
2726		types, respectively.
2727	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
2728		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
2729		of Virginia Tech.
2730	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
2731		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
2732		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2733	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
2734		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2735	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
2736		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
2737	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
2738		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
2739		of Vienna.
2740	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
2741		of Sun Microsystems.
2742	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
2743		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
2744		with servers that do not support realms when using
2745		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
2746	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
2747		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
2748		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2749	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
2750		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
2751		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
2752	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
2753	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
2754		instead of forcing localhost.
2755	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
2756		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
2757	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
2758		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2759	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
2760		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
2761		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
2762		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2763		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2764	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
2765		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
2766	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
2767		Compaq Computer Corp.
2768	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
2769		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
2770		Tech.
2771	Portability:
2772		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
2773			patch provided by HP.
2774		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
2775			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
2776		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
2777			Sachin of Siemens.
2778		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
2779		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
2780			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
2781			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
2782			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
2783		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
2784			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
2785		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
2786			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2787		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
2788			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
2789			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
2790			Hewlett-Packard.
2791		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
2792			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
2793			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2794		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
2795			Virginia Tech.
2796		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
2797			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
2798		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
2799			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2800	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
2801		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
2802		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
2803	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
2804		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2805	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
2806		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
2807		Florida.
2808	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
2809		Altin Waldmann.
2810	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
2811		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
2812		Hewlett-Packard.
2813	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
2814		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
2815		of MSFU.
2816	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
2817		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2818		Institute.
2819	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
2820	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
2821		to free memory twice.
2822	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
2823		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
2824		of Sun Microsystems.
2825	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
2826		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
2827		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
2828		University of Athens.
2829	New Files:
2830		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
2831		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
2832		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
2833		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
2834		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
2835		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
2836		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
2837		libsm/mpeix.c
2838
28398.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
2840	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
2841		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
2842		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
2843		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
2844		found by Michal Zalewski.
2845	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
2846		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
2847		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
2848		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
2849	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
2850		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2851	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
2852		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
2853		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
2854	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
2855		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
2856		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
2857	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
2858		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
2859		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
2860		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
2861		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
2862	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2863		canonical name for a host.
2864	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
2865		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
2866		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
2867		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
2868	Portability:
2869		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
2870			`uname` does not given complete information.
2871			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
2872			Aircraft Company.
2873		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
2874			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
2875		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
2876			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
2877			Courtesan Consulting.
2878	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
2879		problems with potential misconfigurations.
2880	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
2881		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
2882		Technology Organisation of Australia.
2883	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
2884		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blocklists
2885		then use it.
2886	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
2887		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
2888	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
2889		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2890	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2891		and vacation.
2892	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2893		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
2894		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2895	New Files:
2896		test/Build
2897		test/Makefile
2898		test/Makefile.m4
2899		test/README
2900		test/t_dropgid.c
2901		test/t_setgid.c
2902	Deleted Files:
2903		include/sm/stdio.h
2904		include/sm/sysstat.h
2905
29068.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
2907	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
2908		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
2909		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
2910		default).  The installation process tries to install
2911		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
2912		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
2913	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
2914		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
2915		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
2916		flags:
2917			GroupWritableForwardFile
2918			WorldWritableForwardFile
2919			GroupWritableIncludeFile
2920			WorldWritableIncludeFile
2921		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
2922	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
2923		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2924		(IdS).
2925	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
2926		point where the variable could become overused for more than
2927		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
2928		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
2929		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
2930		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
2931	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
2932		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
2933		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
2934		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
2935		see sendmail/SECURITY.
2936	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
2937		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2938	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
2939		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
2940		sendmail/SECURITY.
2941	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
2942		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
2943		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
2944	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
2945		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
2946		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
2947		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
2948		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
2949	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
2950		command has been removed.
2951	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
2952		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
2953	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
2954		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
2955		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
2956		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
2957	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
2958		long, to accommodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
2959		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
2960		supported.
2961	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
2962		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
2963		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
2964		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
2965		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
2966		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
2967		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
2968		creation rather than just before delivery.
2969	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
2970		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
2971		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
2972		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
2973		preference matches (coattail).
2974	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
2975		try other MX hosts if available.
2976	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
2977		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
2978	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
2979		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
2980		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2981	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
2982	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
2983		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
2984		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
2985		removed in future versions.
2986	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
2987		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
2988	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
2989		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
2990		doc/op/op.me for details.
2991	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
2992		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
2993		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
2994		of the presented certificate, respectively.
2995	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
2996	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
2997		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
2998	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
2999		recipient; useful to decide whether a connection is secure
3000		enough on a per recipient basis.
3001	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
3002		for STARTTLS.
3003	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
3004		value "NOT".
3005	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
3006		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
3007	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
3008		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3009	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
3010		really required.  This change results in a noticeable
3011		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
3012		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
3013	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
3014		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
3015	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
3016		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
3017		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
3018		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
3019		command line, then the value also limits the number of
3020		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
3021		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
3022		by a queue run.
3023	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
3024		system each queue directory resides in.
3025	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
3026	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
3027	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
3028		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
3029		collected together) to process the same work list at the
3030		same time.
3031	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
3032		active queue runner processes.
3033	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
3034		runners per queue group.
3035	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
3036		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
3037		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
3038		of the queue that match during processing.
3039	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
3040		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
3041		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
3042		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
3043		persistent queue runner.
3044	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
3045		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
3046		sendmail -q15m).
3047	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
3048		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
3049	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
3050		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
3051	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
3052		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
3053	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
3054		of the qf file (older entries first).
3055	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
3056		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
3057		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
3058		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
3059	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
3060		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
3061	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
3062		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
3063		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
3064		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
3065		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
3066	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
3067		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
3068		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
3069	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
3070		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
3071		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
3072		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
3073		details.
3074	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
3075		the number of entries in the queue(s).
3076	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
3077		and the usual documentation for details.
3078	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
3079	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
3080		announced in 8.10.
3081	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
3082	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
3083		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
3084		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3085	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
3086		-r (number of retries).
3087	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
3088		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
3089		and value separated by the given separator.
3090	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
3091		to map class arith.
3092	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
3093		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
3094	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
3095		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
3096	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
3097		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
3098		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
3099	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
3100		filenames with spaces).
3101	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
3102	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
3103		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
3104		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
3105		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
3106		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
3107		to the loopback net.
3108	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
3109	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
3110		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
3111	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
3112		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
3113	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
3114		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
3115	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
3116		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
3117		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
3118		Development Group.
3119	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
3120		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
3121		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
3122		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
3123		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
3124		load average is exceeded.
3125	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
3126		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
3127		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
3128		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
3129		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3130	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
3131	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
3132	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
3133		instead.
3134	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
3135		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
3136	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
3137		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
3138		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3139	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
3140		for direct (command line) submissions.
3141	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
3142		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
3143		Hagino of the KAME Project.
3144	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
3145		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
3146		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
3147	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
3148		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
3149		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
3150		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
3151	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
3152		before logging.
3153	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
3154		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
3155	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
3156	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
3157		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
3158		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
3159	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
3160		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
3161		of the Universitat Regensburg.
3162	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
3163		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
3164		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
3165		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
3166		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
3167		See libsm/index.html for details.
3168	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
3169		care of by fork() and exit().
3170	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
3171		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
3172		new and old (from new libsm).
3173	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
3174		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
3175	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
3176	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
3177		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
3178		synchronizations calls.
3179	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
3180	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
3181	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
3182		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
3183	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
3184		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
3185		for details.
3186	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
3187		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
3188		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
3189		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
3190	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
3191		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
3192		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
3193	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
3194		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
3195		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
3196		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
3197		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
3198		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
3199		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
3200	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
3201		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
3202	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
3203		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3204	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
3205		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
3206		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
3207		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
3208		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
3209		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
3210		Urbana-Champaign.
3211	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
3212		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
3213	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
3214		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
3215		connections.
3216	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
3217		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
3218		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
3219		cf/README.
3220	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
3221		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
3222		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
3223		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
3224		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
3225		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
3226		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
3227		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
3228		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
3229		example).
3230	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
3231		the default schema used in the above two items.
3232	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
3233		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
3234		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
3235	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
3236		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
3237		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
3238	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
3239		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
3240		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
3241		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
3242		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
3243	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
3244		HELO/EHLO commands.
3245	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
3246		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
3247		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
3248		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
3249		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
3250		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
3251		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3252	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
3253		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
3254		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
3255		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
3256		(verbose) command line option.
3257	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
3258		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
3259		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
3260		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3261	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
3262		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
3263		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3264	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
3265		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
3266		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
3267	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
3268		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
3269		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
3270		British Columbia.
3271	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
3272		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
3273	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
3274		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
3275		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
3276		if required.
3277	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
3278		class instead.
3279	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
3280		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
3281		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
3282		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
3283	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
3284		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
3285	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
3286		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
3287		Nelson of IBM.
3288	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
3289		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
3290		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
3291		their defaults are:
3292		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
3293		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
3294		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
3295		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
3296		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
3297		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
3298		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
3299	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
3300		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
3301	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
3302		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3303		Meteorological Institute.
3304	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
3305		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
3306		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
3307	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
3308		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
3309		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
3310	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
3311		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
3312		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
3313		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
3314		See sendmail/README for further information.
3315	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
3316		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
3317		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
3318	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
3319		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
3320		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3321	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
3322		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
3323	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
3324		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
3325		flora.ca.
3326	Portability:
3327		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
3328			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
3329			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3330		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
3331			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
3332			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
3333			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
3334			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
3335			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3336		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
3337			Solaris 8 and later.
3338		Add support for OpenUNIX.
3339	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
3340	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
3341	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
3342	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
3343	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
3344		temporary lookup failures.
3345	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
3346		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
3347		or IP nets.
3348	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
3349		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
3350		to get through.
3351	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
3352		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
3353		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
3354		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
3355		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
3356	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
3357		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
3358		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
3359		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
3360	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
3361		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
3362		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3363	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
3364		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
3365		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
3366	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
3367		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
3368	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
3369		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
3370		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
3371	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
3372		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
3373		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
3374		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
3375		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
3376	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
3377		cf/README for details.
3378	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
3379		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
3380		University of Maryland.
3381	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
3382		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
3383	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
3384		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
3385		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
3386	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
3387		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
3388		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
3389		Solving.
3390	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
3391		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
3392	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
3393		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
3394	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
3395		immediately.
3396	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
3397		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
3398		See cf/README for details.
3399	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
3400		temporary lookup failures.
3401	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
3402		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
3403	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
3404		memory use.
3405	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
3406		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
3407		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
3408		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
3409		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
3410	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
3411		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3412	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
3413		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
3414	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
3415		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
3416	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
3417		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
3418		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
3419		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
3420	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
3421	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
3422		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
3423		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
3424		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
3425		additional details.
3426	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
3427		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
3428		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
3429		information.
3430	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
3431		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
3432		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
3433	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
3434		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
3435		recipients as user unknown.
3436	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
3437		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
3438		section of cf/README for more information.
3439	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
3440		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
3441		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
3442	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
3443		which takes the options as argument and can be used
3444		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
3445	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
3446		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
3447		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
3448		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
3449		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
3450		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
3451		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
3452		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
3453		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
3454		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
3455		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
3456	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
3457		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
3458		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
3459		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
3460		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
3461	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
3462		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
3463		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
3464		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
3465		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
3466		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
3467		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
3468		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
3469		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
3470		doc/op/op.me for details.
3471	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
3472		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
3473		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3474	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
3475		dequote map.
3476	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
3477	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
3478		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
3479	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
3480		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
3481		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
3482		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
3483		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
3484		This affects the access database as well as the
3485		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
3486	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
3487	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
3488	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
3489		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
3490		Mississippi State University.
3491	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
3492		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
3493	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
3494		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
3495		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3496	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
3497		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
3498		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
3499	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
3500		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
3501		systems which don't include cat directories.
3502	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
3503	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
3504		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
3505		mailbox database type.
3506	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
3507		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
3508		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
3509		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
3510	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
3511		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
3512	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
3513		instead of white space.
3514	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3515		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3516		Meteorological Institute.
3517	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
3518	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
3519		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
3520	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
3521		instead of syslog.
3522	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
3523		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
3524		to specify the database and message file since there is no
3525		home directory for the default settings for these options.
3526	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
3527		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
3528		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
3529		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
3530	New Directories:
3531		libmilter/docs
3532	New Files:
3533		cf/cf/README
3534		cf/cf/submit.cf
3535		cf/cf/submit.mc
3536		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
3537		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
3538		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
3539		cf/feature/msp.m4
3540		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
3541		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
3542		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
3543		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
3544		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
3545		cf/sendmail.schema
3546		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
3547		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
3548		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
3549		editmap/*
3550		include/sm/*
3551		libsm/*
3552		libsmutil/cf.c
3553		libsmutil/err.c
3554		sendmail/SECURITY
3555		sendmail/TUNING
3556		sendmail/bf.c
3557		sendmail/bf.h
3558		sendmail/sasl.c
3559		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
3560		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
3561		sendmail/tls.c
3562	Deleted Files:
3563		cf/feature/rbl.m4
3564		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
3565		devtools/OS/AIX.2
3566		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
3567		include/sendmail/errstring.h
3568		include/sendmail/useful.h
3569		libsmutil/errstring.c
3570		sendmail/bf_portable.c
3571		sendmail/bf_portable.h
3572		sendmail/bf_torek.c
3573		sendmail/bf_torek.h
3574		sendmail/clock.c
3575	Renamed Files:
3576		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
3577		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
3578		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
3579
35808.11.7/8.11.7	2003/03/29
3581	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
3582		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
3583		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
3584		of ISS X-Force.
3585	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
3586		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
3587		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
3588		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
3589		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
3590		includes DNS.
3591	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
3592		8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
3593		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
3594		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
3595	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
3596		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
3597		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
3598		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
3599		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
3600		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
3601		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
3602	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
3603		across various connections.  This could cause session
3604		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
3605		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
3606		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
3607	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
3608		canonical name for a host.
3609	Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
3610	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
3611		or the queue.
3612	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
3613		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
3614		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3615		Polytechnic Institute.
3616	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
3617		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
3618		Purdue University.
3619	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
3620		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
3621		Texas.
3622	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
3623		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
3624		error.
3625	CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
3626		FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
3627	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
3628		and vacation.
3629	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
3630		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
3631	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
3632		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
3633		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
3634	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
3635		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
3636		Sun Microsystems.
3637	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
3638		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
3639		iDEFENSE, Inc.
3640
36418.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
3642	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
3643		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
3644		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
3645	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
3646		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
3647		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
3648		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
3649		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
3650	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
3651		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
3652		Werner Wiethege.
3653	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
3654		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
3655
36568.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
3657	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
3658		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
3659		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
3660		of SE Netway Communications.
3661	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
3662		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
3663	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
3664		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
3665		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
3666		Bosserman of EarthLink.
3667	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
3668		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
3669	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
3670		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
3671		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
3672		University College.
3673	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
3674		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
3675	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
3676		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
3677		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
3678		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
3679		University at Albany.
3680	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
3681		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3682	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
3683		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
3684		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
3685		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
3686	Portability:
3687		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
3688			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3689		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
3690			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3691		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
3692			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
3693		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
3694			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
3695	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
3696		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
3697
36988.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
3699	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
3700		corruption and other potential race conditions.
3701		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
3702		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
3703		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
3704		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
3705	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
3706		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
3707		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
3708	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
3709		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
3710		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
3711	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
3712		from Kenji Miyake.
3713	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
3714		QueueDirectory wildcards.
3715	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
3716		the same map again while exiting.
3717	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
3718		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
3719		of Tuebingen.
3720	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
3721		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
3722		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
3723		Oklahoma State University.
3724	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
3725		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
3726		InTouch Systems, Inc.
3727	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
3728		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
3729		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
3730		Morgan Stanley.
3731	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
3732		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
3733		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3734	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
3735		from Werner Wiethege.
3736	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
3737		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
3738	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
3739		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
3740		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
3741		Internet Services.
3742	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
3743		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
3744	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
3745		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3746	Portability:
3747		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
3748	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
3749		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
3750	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
3751	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
3752		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3753		Meteorological Institute.
3754	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
3755		since it generates random process ids.
3756	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
3757		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
3758		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3759	New Files:
3760		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
3761
37628.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
3763	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
3764		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
3765		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
3766		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3767	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
3768		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
3769		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
3770		communications consulting gmbh.
3771	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
3772		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3773	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
3774		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
3775		connection came in from the command line.
3776	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
3777		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
3778		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3779	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
3780		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
3781	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
3782		when they were committed.
3783	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
3784		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
3785	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
3786		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
3787		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
3788		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
3789	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
3790		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3791		University.
3792	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
3793		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
3794		accept() completes.
3795	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
3796		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
3797	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
3798		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
3799		Wellcome.
3800	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
3801		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
3802		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3803		University.
3804	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
3805		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
3806		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
3807		University of New Brunswick.
3808	Portability:
3809		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
3810			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
3811			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
3812		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
3813			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3814		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
3815			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
3816			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3817		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
3818			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
3819			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
3820	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
3821		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
3822	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
3823		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3824	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
3825		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
3826		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
3827		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3828		Institute.
3829	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
3830		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
3831		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3832	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
3833		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
3834	Renamed Files:
3835		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
3836
38378.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
3838	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
3839		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
3840		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
3841		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3842		Schools" project (IdS).
3843	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
3844		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
3845		be enabled by compiling with:
3846		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
3847		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
3848		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3849	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
3850		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
3851	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
3852		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
3853		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
3854		Colby College.
3855	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
3856		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
3857	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
3858		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
3859		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
3860		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
3861	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
3862		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
3863		NxNetworks, Inc.
3864	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
3865		client name.
3866	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
3867		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
3868		the Universitat Regensburg.
3869	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
3870		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
3871		University of Arizona.
3872	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
3873		of Collective Technologies.
3874	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
3875		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
3876		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
3877		Engineering.
3878	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
3879		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3880		Meteorological Institute.
3881	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
3882		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3883	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3884		Meteorological Institute.
3885	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
3886		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
3887		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
3888		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3889	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
3890		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
3891		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
3892	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
3893		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
3894		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
3895	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
3896		overall connections, not the number of connections per
3897		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
3898		counting.
3899	Portability:
3900		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
3901			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
3902			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
3903		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
3904			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
3905		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
3906			Rosenman.
3907		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
3908			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3909		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
3910			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
3911			of Pacific Access.
3912		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
3913			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3914		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
3915			Microsystems.
3916	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
3917		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
3918		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3919	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blocklist server for
3920		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
3921	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
3922		implicitly assume canonical host names.
3923	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
3924		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3925	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
3926		Virginia Tech.
3927	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
3928		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
3929		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3930	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
3931	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
3932		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
3933		gmbh.
3934	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
3935		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3936	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
3937		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
3938		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
3939		of Kyoto University.
3940	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
3941		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
3942		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
3943		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
3944		version.
3945	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
3946		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3947		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3948	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
3949	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
3950		or *-owner.
3951	New Files:
3952		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
3953		contrib/buildvirtuser
3954		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
3955
39568.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
3957	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
3958		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3959	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
3960		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
3961		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
3962		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
3963		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3964	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
3965		wildcards.
3966	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
3967		process may close the connection before the child process
3968		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
3969		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
3970		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3971	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
3972		read the LDAP secret from a file.
3973	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
3974		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
3975		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
3976		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3977	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
3978		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
3979		of EarthLink.
3980	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
3981	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
3982		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
3983		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3984	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
3985		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3986	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
3987		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
3988		Fournier of Acadia University.
3989	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
3990		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
3991		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
3992		one of the others may be able to take over.
3993	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
3994		previous load average query result.
3995	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
3996		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
3997		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
3998		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3999	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
4000		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
4001	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
4002		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
4003		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4004	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
4005		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
4006	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
4007		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
4008		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
4009	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
4010		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
4011	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
4012		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
4013		University of British Columbia.
4014	Portability:
4015		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
4016			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
4017			override the setting.  Suggested by
4018			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
4019		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
4020			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
4021			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
4022		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
4023			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
4024			College.
4025		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
4026			Tom Moore of NCR.
4027		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
4028			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
4029		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
4030			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
4031			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4032		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
4033			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
4034			Consulting.
4035	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
4036		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
4037	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
4038		errors in the MAIL address.
4039	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
4040		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
4041	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
4042		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4043	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
4044		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
4045		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
4046		Ericsson.
4047	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
4048		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
4049		mailer as described in cf/README.
4050	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
4051		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
4052	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
4053		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
4054	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
4055		sendmail.
4056	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
4057		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4058		Meteorological Institute.
4059	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
4060	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
4061		dot as the only character on the line.
4062	New Files:
4063		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
4064
40658.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
4066	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
4067		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
4068		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
4069		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
4070		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
4071		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
4072		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4073	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
4074		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
4075		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
4076		Systems in this category should compile with
4077		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
4078		system and report broken implementations to
4079		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
4080		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
4081	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
4082		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
4083		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
4084	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
4085		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
4086		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
4087		cf/README and doc/op/op.me.
4088	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
4089		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
4090		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
4091		in cf/README and doc/op/op.me.
4092	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
4093		random data.
4094	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
4095		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
4096		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
4097	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
4098		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
4099		Martin of CMU.
4100	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
4101		strength factor.
4102	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
4103		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
4104		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
4105		of CMU.
4106	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
4107		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
4108		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
4109	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
4110		documented, unless a family is specified in a
4111		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
4112		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
4113		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
4114		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
4115		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
4116		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
4117	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
4118		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
4119		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
4120		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
4121		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
4122		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4123	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
4124		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
4125		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
4126		of Sun Microsystems.
4127	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
4128		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
4129		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
4130		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
4131		the incoming information in the queue file for later
4132		delivery attempts.
4133	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
4134		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
4135		smoe.org.
4136	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
4137		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
4138		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4139	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
4140		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
4141	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
4142		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
4143		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
4144		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4145	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
4146		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
4147		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4148	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
4149		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
4150		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
4151		of Northern Illinois University.
4152	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
4153		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4154	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
4155		to kilobyte units.
4156	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
4157		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
4158		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
4159		Polytechnic.
4160	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
4161		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
4162		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
4163		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4164	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
4165		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
4166		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4167	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
4168		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4169	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
4170		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
4171		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
4172	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
4173		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
4174		G. Thomas Consulting.
4175	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
4176		port number (113).
4177	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
4178		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4179	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
4180		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
4181		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4182	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
4183		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
4184		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
4185		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
4186	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
4187		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
4188		University of Mainz.
4189	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
4190		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
4191	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
4192		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4193	Portability:
4194		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
4195			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
4196			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
4197		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
4198		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
4199			work properly causing problems if the accept()
4200			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
4201			from Tom Moore of NCR.
4202		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
4203			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
4204		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
4205			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
4206			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
4207			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
4208			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4209	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
4210		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4211	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
4212		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
4213		confCACERT			CACERTFile
4214		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
4215		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
4216		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
4217		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
4218		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
4219		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
4220	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
4221		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
4222		cf/README for more information.
4223	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
4224	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
4225		called due to a STARTTLS command.
4226	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
4227		instead of temporary.
4228	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
4229		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
4230		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
4231		Consulting.
4232	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
4233		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
4234		RootsWeb.com.
4235	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
4236		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
4237		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
4238		University of Maryland.
4239	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
4240		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
4241	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
4242		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
4243		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
4244		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
4245		of the University of Alberta.
4246	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
4247		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
4248	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
4249	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
4250		of X.509 certificates.
4251	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
4252		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
4253		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
4254		Universitat Regensburg.
4255	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
4256		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4257	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
4258		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4259	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
4260		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4261	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
4262		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
4263		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4264	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
4265		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
4266	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
4267		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
4268		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
4269		University.
4270	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
4271	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
4272		links.
4273	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
4274		reported.
4275	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
4276		Denman Tire Corporation.
4277	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
4278		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
4279	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
4280	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
4281		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
4282	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
4283		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
4284	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
4285		have a From line.
4286	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
4287		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
4288	New Files:
4289		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
4290		contrib/cidrexpand
4291		contrib/link_hash.sh
4292		contrib/movemail.conf
4293		contrib/movemail.pl
4294		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
4295		test/t_snprintf.c
4296
42978.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
4298	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
4299		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
4300		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
4301		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
4302		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
4303	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
4304		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
4305	New Files:
4306		test/t_setuid.c
4307
43088.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
4309	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
4310		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
4311		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
4312		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
4313		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
4314		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
4315	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
4316		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
4317	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
4318	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
4319		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
4320		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4321	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
4322		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
4323		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4324	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
4325		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
4326	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
4327	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
4328		or higher.
4329	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
4330		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
4331	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
4332	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
4333		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
4334		Polytechnic Institute.
4335	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
4336		discards the message.
4337	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
4338		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
4339		attempted to the alias.
4340	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
4341		flag options.
4342	Portability:
4343		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
4344			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
4345			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
4346			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
4347			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4348		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
4349			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
4350		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
4351			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
4352		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
4353		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
4354			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
4355		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
4356			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
4357			Services, LLC.
4358		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
4359			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
4360			Courtesan Consulting.
4361		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
4362			Siemens Business Services.
4363	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
4364		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
4365		of WSRCC.
4366	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
4367	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
4368		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
4369	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
4370		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
4371	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
4372	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
4373		of NEC.
4374	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
4375		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4376	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
4377		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
4378		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
4379		Virginia Tech.
4380	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
4381		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
4382		University.
4383	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
4384		for other internal projects but included in the open source
4385		release.
4386	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
4387		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
4388		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
4389		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
4390	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
4391		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
4392		Sendmail.
4393	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
4394		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
4395		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4396	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
4397		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
4398	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
4399		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
4400		Northern Illinois University.
4401	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
4402		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
4403		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
4404		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4405	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
4406		Polytechnique de Montreal.
4407	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
4408		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
4409		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
4410	New Files:
4411		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
4412		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
4413	Deleted Files:
4414		contrib/converting.sun.configs
4415	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
4416		doc/intro
4417		doc/usenix
4418		doc/changes
4419
44208.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
4421	    *************************************************************
4422	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
4423	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
4424	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
4425	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
4426	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
4427	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
4428	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
4429	    * coach, and a friend.					*
4430	    *								*
4431	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
4432	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
4433	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
4434	    *************************************************************
4435	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
4436		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
4437		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
4438		symbolic link target.
4439	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
4440		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
4441		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4442	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
4443		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
4444		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
4445		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
4446		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4447		version of sendmail.
4448	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
4449		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
4450		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
4451		(IdS).
4452	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
4453		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
4454	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
4455		for easier code sharing among the programs.
4456	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
4457		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
4458		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
4459		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
4460		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
4461		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
4462	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
4463		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
4464		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
4465		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4466	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
4467		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
4468		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4469	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
4470		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
4471		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4472	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
4473		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
4474		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
4475		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
4476		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
4477		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
4478	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
4479		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
4480		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
4481	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
4482		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
4483		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
4484		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
4485		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
4486		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
4487	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
4488		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4489		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
4490		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
4491	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
4492		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
4493		accordingly.
4494	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
4495		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
4496		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
4497		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
4498		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
4499		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
4500		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
4501	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
4502		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
4503		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
4504		InCert Software.
4505	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
4506		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
4507		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
4508	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
4509		a control socket request.
4510	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
4511		settings:
4512		Timeout.resolver.retrans
4513			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
4514			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4515			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
4516		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4517			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
4518			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
4519		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4520			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
4521			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
4522			delivery attempt.
4523		Timeout.resolver.retry
4524			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
4525			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4526			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
4527		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4528			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
4529			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
4530		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4531			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
4532			query for all resolver lookups except the first
4533			delivery attempt.
4534		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4535	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
4536		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
4537		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
4538		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
4539		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
4540		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
4541		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
4542		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
4543		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
4544		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4545	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
4546		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
4547		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
4548		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
4549		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
4550		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
4551		Telecommunications Ltd.
4552	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
4553		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
4554		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
4555		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
4556		Inc.
4557	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
4558		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
4559		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4560	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
4561		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4562	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
4563		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
4564		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4565	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
4566		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
4567	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
4568	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
4569		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
4570		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
4571	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
4572		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
4573		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4574	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
4575		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
4576		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
4577		Ltd.
4578	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
4579		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
4580		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
4581		example mailer might be:
4582			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
4583				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
4584				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
4585		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
4586	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
4587		instead.
4588	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
4589		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
4590		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
4591		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
4592	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
4593		flags.
4594	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
4595		body of the original message on delivery status
4596		notifications.
4597	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
4598		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4599	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
4600		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
4601		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
4602	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
4603		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
4604		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4605	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
4606		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
4607		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
4608		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
4609	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
4610		Conwell of Boston University.
4611	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
4612		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4613	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
4614		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
4615		@Home Network.
4616	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
4617		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
4618		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
4619	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
4620		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
4621		similar to check_rcpt etc.
4622	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
4623		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
4624		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
4625		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
4626		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4627	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
4628		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
4629		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4630	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
4631		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
4632		Mathias Herberts.
4633	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
4634		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
4635		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
4636		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
4637		in check_compat).
4638	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
4639		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
4640		option.
4641	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
4642	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
4643		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4644	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
4645		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4646	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
4647	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
4648		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4649	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
4650		is set.
4651	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
4652		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
4653	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
4654		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
4655		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
4656	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
4657	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
4658	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
4659		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
4660		a denial-of-service attack.
4661	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
4662		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
4663		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
4664		overflow attacks.
4665	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
4666		alias recursion.
4667	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
4668	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
4669	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
4670		directly before the newline.
4671	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
4672		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
4673		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
4674		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
4675		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
4676		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
4677		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
4678		could not be opened.
4679	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
4680		value of this option is macro expanded.
4681	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
4682		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
4683	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
4684		(along with the already existing macros):
4685		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
4686		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
4687		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
4688		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
4689		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
4690		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
4691		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
4692	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
4693		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
4694		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
4695		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
4696		loopback net.
4697	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
4698		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
4699		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
4700	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
4701		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
4702		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
4703		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4704		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
4705	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
4706		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
4707		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
4708		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4709		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
4710	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
4711		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
4712		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
4713		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
4714	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4715		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
4716		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
4717		Ericsson.
4718	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4719		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
4720		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
4721		of Ericsson.
4722	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
4723		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
4724		of Renaissance Internet Services.
4725	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
4726		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
4727		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
4728	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
4729		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
4730		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
4731		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
4732	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
4733		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
4734	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
4735		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
4736	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
4737		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
4738		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4739	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
4740	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
4741		equate name.
4742	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
4743		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
4744	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
4745		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
4746	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
4747		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
4748		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
4749		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
4750		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
4751		David Cooley of Colby College.
4752	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
4753		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
4754		already decided the message will be passed to another host
4755		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
4756		Buckeridge Young Limited.
4757	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
4758		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
4759		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
4760		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
4761		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
4762		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
4763		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
4764		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
4765		of Stanford University.
4766	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
4767		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
4768	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
4769		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
4770		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
4771		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
4772		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
4773		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4774		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
4775	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
4776		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
4777		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
4778		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4779	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
4780	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
4781		attributes found in the match will be returned.
4782	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
4783		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
4784		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
4785		comma separated key and value strings.
4786	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
4787		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
4788		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
4789		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
4790		a single connection to that host.
4791	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
4792	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
4793		LDAP lookups.
4794	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
4795		resources.
4796	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
4797	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
4798	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
4799		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
4800		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
4801		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
4802		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
4803		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
4804		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
4805		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
4806		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
4807		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
4808		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
4809		with the name "*".
4810	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
4811		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
4812		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
4813		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
4814		matches to return.
4815	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
4816		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
4817		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
4818		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
4819		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
4820		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
4821		are defined.
4822	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
4823		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
4824		Tech.
4825	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
4826		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
4827		important if you have large classes.
4828	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
4829		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
4830		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4831	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
4832		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
4833		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
4834		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
4835		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
4836		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4837	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
4838		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
4839		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
4840		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
4841		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
4842		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
4843		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
4844		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
4845	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
4846		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
4847		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
4848		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
4849		has no effect.
4850	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
4851		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4852	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
4853		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4854	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
4855		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
4856	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
4857		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
4858	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
4859		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
4860		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
4861		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
4862		connection-based denial of service attacks.
4863	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
4864		10 or higher.
4865	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
4866		information (from= syslog line).
4867	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
4868		equate (dsn=).
4869	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
4870	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
4871		sendmail/README for details.  Contributed by Mark Roth
4872		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4873	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
4874		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4875		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4876	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
4877		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4878	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
4879		the program as the default user and the default group, not
4880		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
4881		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
4882		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
4883		Popovici of DNT Romania.
4884	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
4885		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
4886		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
4887	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
4888		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
4889		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
4890	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
4891		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
4892		helpful to know the sender of the message.
4893	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
4894		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4895	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
4896		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
4897		multiple files.
4898	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
4899		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
4900		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
4901		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
4902		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
4903		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
4904		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
4905		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
4906		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
4907	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
4908		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
4909	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
4910		length before the attempt.
4911	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
4912		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
4913		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
4914		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
4915		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
4916	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
4917		host status files, not all files.
4918	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
4919		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
4920		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
4921		Wonderworks Inc.
4922	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
4923		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
4924		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
4925		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
4926		of Hannover.
4927	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
4928		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
4929		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
4930		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
4931		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
4932		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
4933	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
4934		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
4935		flag:
4936			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
4937		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
4938		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
4939		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
4940	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
4941		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
4942		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
4943		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
4944		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
4945		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
4946		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
4947	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
4948		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
4949		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4950		version.
4951	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
4952	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
4953	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
4954		if referencing a named ruleset.
4955	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
4956		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
4957	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
4958		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
4959		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
4960		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
4961		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
4962		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
4963		the University of Maryland.
4964	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
4965		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
4966	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
4967		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
4968	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
4969		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
4970		COMMANDS).
4971	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
4972		but for outgoing connections.
4973	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
4974		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
4975			a	require authentication
4976			b	bind to interface through which mail has
4977				been received
4978			c	perform hostname canonification
4979			f	require fully qualified hostname
4980			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
4981				command
4982			C	don't perform hostname canonification
4983			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
4984	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
4985			h	use name of interface for HELO command
4986	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
4987	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
4988		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
4989		Institutes of Health.
4990	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
4991		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4992	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
4993	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
4994		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4995	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
4996	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
4997		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
4998	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
4999		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
5000	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
5001		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
5002		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
5003	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
5004		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
5005		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
5006	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
5007	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
5008		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
5009		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
5010	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
5011		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
5012		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
5013		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
5014		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
5015	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
5016		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
5017		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
5018		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
5019		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
5020		timeout.
5021	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
5022		interface address structure when loading the system network
5023		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
5024		Nanoteq.
5025	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
5026		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
5027		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
5028		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
5029		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
5030	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
5031		on load average.
5032	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
5033		Northern Illinois University.
5034	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
5035		envelope splitting has occurred.
5036	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
5037		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
5038	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
5039	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
5040		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
5041		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5042		Institute.
5043	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
5044		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
5045		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
5046	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
5047		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
5048		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
5049		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5050	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
5051		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5052	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
5053		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5054	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
5055		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
5056	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
5057		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5058	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
5059		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
5060		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
5061		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5062	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
5063		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
5064	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
5065		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5066	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
5067		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
5068		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
5069		University.
5070	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
5071		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
5072		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
5073	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
5074		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
5075		ruleset lines as well.
5076	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
5077		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
5078		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
5079		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5080		Institute.
5081	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
5082		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
5083		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
5084	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
5085		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
5086		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
5087		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
5088	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
5089		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
5090		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
5091		of Ericsson.
5092	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
5093		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
5094		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
5095		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5096	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
5097		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
5098		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
5099		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
5100		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
5101	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
5102		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
5103		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
5104		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
5105	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
5106		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
5107		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
5108		University.
5109	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
5110		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
5111		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
5112		'sendmail -bs'.
5113	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
5114		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
5115		them in the .cf file.
5116	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
5117		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
5118		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
5119		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
5120	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
5121		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
5122	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
5123		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
5124		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
5125	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
5126		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
5127		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
5128		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
5129		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
5130	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
5131		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
5132	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
5133		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
5134		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
5135	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
5136		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
5137	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
5138		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
5139		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
5140	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
5141		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
5142		Hedeland of Ericsson.
5143	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
5144		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
5145		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
5146		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
5147	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
5148		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
5149		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
5150		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
5151		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
5152		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5153	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
5154		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
5155		misconfigured firewalls block 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
5156		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
5157		don't fail on ANY queries.
5158	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
5159		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
5160		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
5161		Northern Illinois University.
5162	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
5163		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
5164		State University.
5165	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
5166		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
5167		Northern Illinois University.
5168	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
5169		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
5170	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
5171	Portability:
5172		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
5173			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
5174			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
5175			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
5176			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5177		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
5178			This allows network interface probing to work
5179			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
5180			University of Iowa.
5181		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
5182		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
5183			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
5184			name.
5185		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
5186		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
5187			Virginia Tech.
5188		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
5189		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
5190			Amsterdam.
5191		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
5192		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
5193			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
5194		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
5195			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
5196			in building the operating system.  Users can
5197			override the defaults by setting confCC and
5198			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
5199		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
5200		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
5201		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
5202			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
5203		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
5204			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
5205		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
5206			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
5207		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
5208			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
5209		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
5210			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5211		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
5212			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
5213			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
5214		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
5215		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
5216			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
5217			use that value in conf.h.
5218		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
5219			BITart Consulting.
5220		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
5221			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
5222			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
5223			Computer, Inc.
5224		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
5225			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
5226			of E I A.
5227		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
5228			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
5229		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
5230			fchown(2).
5231		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
5232			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
5233		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
5234			srandomdev(3).
5235		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
5236			setlogin(2).
5237		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
5238			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
5239			Siemens Business Services.
5240		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
5241			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
5242			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
5243		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
5244			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
5245		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
5246			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
5247			Aerospace.
5248		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
5249			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
5250			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
5251		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
5252			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
5253			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
5254			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
5255			University.
5256		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
5257			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
5258			Technology Information Network.
5259		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
5260			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
5261		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
5262		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
5263			and OpenBSD.
5264		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
5265			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
5266			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
5267			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5268	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
5269		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
5270		details.
5271	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
5272		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
5273	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
5274	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
5275		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
5276		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
5277	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
5278		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
5279		Courtesan Consulting.
5280	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
5281	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
5282		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
5283		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
5284	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
5285		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
5286		multiple times.
5287	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
5288		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
5289		with From:).
5290	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
5291		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
5292	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
5293		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
5294		new functionality.
5295	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
5296		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
5297		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
5298		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
5299		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
5300		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
5301		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
5302		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
5303		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
5304		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
5305		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
5306		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
5307		confPID_FILE			PidFile
5308		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
5309		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
5310		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
5311		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
5312		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
5313		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
5314		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
5315		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
5316		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
5317		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
5318		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
5319	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
5320		which takes the options as argument and can be used
5321		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
5322	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
5323		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
5324		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
5325		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
5326		to "IPC $h".
5327	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
5328		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
5329		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
5330	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
5331		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
5332		value should be changed with care.
5333	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
5334		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
5335	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
5336		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
5337		complain.
5338	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
5339		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
5340		of Q7 Enterprises.
5341	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
5342		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
5343		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
5344		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
5345	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
5346		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
5347		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
5348		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
5349		of Northern Illinois University.
5350	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
5351		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
5352		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
5353	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
5354		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
5355		in it.
5356	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
5357		in class 'P' ($=P).
5358	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
5359		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
5360		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
5361		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
5362		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
5363		is added.
5364	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
5365		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
5366	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
5367		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
5368	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
5369		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
5370	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
5371		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
5372	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
5373		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
5374	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
5375		Hubert of University of Washington.
5376	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
5377		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
5378		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
5379	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
5380	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
5381		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
5382		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
5383	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
5384		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
5385		Services.
5386	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
5387		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
5388		Aerospace.
5389	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
5390		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
5391		University and Brian Candler.
5392	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
5393		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5394	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
5395		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5396		Institute.
5397	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
5398		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
5399	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
5400		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
5401		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
5402	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
5403		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
5404	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
5405		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
5406		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5407	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
5408		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
5409		Willamette Industries, Inc.
5410	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
5411		converted to <user@d>
5412	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
5413		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
5414	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
5415		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
5416		performed.
5417	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
5418		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
5419		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5420		Institute.
5421	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
5422		be accessed by their numbers).
5423	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
5424		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
5425		of an address.
5426	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
5427		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
5428		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
5429		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
5430	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
5431		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
5432		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
5433	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
5434		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
5435	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
5436	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
5437		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5438		Institute.
5439	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
5440	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
5441		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
5442		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
5443		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
5444	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
5445		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
5446		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
5447	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
5448		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
5449	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
5450		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5451	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
5452		University of California at Berkeley.
5453	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
5454		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
5455	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
5456		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
5457	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5458		Corporation UK.
5459	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
5460	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
5461		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
5462		Yale University.
5463	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
5464		be used for building.
5465	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
5466		used for a fresh build.
5467	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
5468	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
5469		ranlib.
5470	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
5471		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
5472	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
5473		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
5474		Costales.
5475	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
5476		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
5477		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
5478		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
5479	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
5480		of Siemens Business Services.
5481	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
5482		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
5483		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
5484		torek.
5485	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
5486		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
5487		They should contain the C source files for the object files
5488		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
5489		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
5490	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
5491		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
5492		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
5493		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
5494		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
5495	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
5496		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
5497		are in devtools/README.
5498	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
5499		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
5500	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
5501		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
5502		new variable which identifies the root of the source
5503		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
5504	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
5505		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
5506		macro.
5507	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
5508	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
5509		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
5510		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
5511		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
5512		Corporation.
5513	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
5514		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
5515		confMANROOTMAN.
5516	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
5517		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
5518		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
5519	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
5520		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
5521		Communications.
5522	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
5523		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
5524	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
5525		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
5526		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
5527	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
5528		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
5529		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
5530	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
5531		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
5532		install-strip target.
5533	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
5534		the others (if it exists).
5535	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
5536		then the default ones.
5537	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
5538		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
5539		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
5540		to set the S flag.
5541	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
5542		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
5543		Northern Illinois University.
5544	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
5545		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
5546		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5547	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
5548		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
5549		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
5550		University.
5551	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
5552		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
5553		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
5554		University.
5555	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
5556		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
5557		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
5558		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
5559		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
5560		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
5561		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
5562		University.
5563	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
5564		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
5565		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5566	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
5567		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
5568		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
5569		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
5570		(excluding CRLF) and the last character was a '.',
5571		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transferred it to the
5572		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
5573		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
5574		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
5575		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
5576		Alcatel Australia Limited.
5577	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
5578		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
5579		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5580	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
5581		timeout to avoid starvation.
5582	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
5583		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
5584		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
5585	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5586	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
5587		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
5588		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
5589		of Maryland.
5590	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
5591		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
5592		sendmail configuration file.
5593	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
5594		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
5595		option.
5596	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
5597		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5598	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
5599		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
5600	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
5601		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
5602	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
5603		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
5604	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5605		Corporation UK.
5606	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
5607		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
5608		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
5609		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
5610	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
5611		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
5612		Institute for Global Communications.
5613	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
5614		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
5615		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5616	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
5617		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
5618		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5619	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
5620		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
5621		of the Institute for Global Communications.
5622	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
5623		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
5624	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
5625	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
5626		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
5627	Changed Files:
5628		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
5629			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
5630			which execute the actual Build script in
5631			devtools/bin.
5632		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
5633			-mandoc as they were previously.
5634		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
5635			of Build will work (unless parameters are
5636			required for Build).
5637	New Directories:
5638		devtools/M4/UNIX
5639		include
5640		libmilter
5641		libsmdb
5642		libsmutil
5643		vacation
5644	Renamed Directories:
5645		BuildTools => devtools
5646		src => sendmail
5647	Deleted Files:
5648		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
5649		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
5650		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5651		devtools/OS/SINIX
5652		sendmail/ldap_map.h
5653	New Files:
5654		INSTALL
5655		PGPKEYS
5656		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
5657		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
5658		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
5659		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
5660		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
5661		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
5662		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
5663		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
5664		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
5665		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
5666		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
5667		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
5668		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
5669		contrib/domainmap.m4
5670		contrib/qtool.8
5671		contrib/qtool.pl
5672		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
5673		devtools/M4/list.m4
5674		devtools/M4/string.m4
5675		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
5676		devtools/M4/switch.m4
5677		devtools/OS/Darwin
5678		devtools/OS/GNU
5679		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
5680		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
5681		devtools/OS/m88k
5682		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
5683		mail.local/Makefile
5684		mailstats/Makefile
5685		makemap/Makefile
5686		praliases/Makefile
5687		rmail/Makefile
5688		sendmail/Makefile
5689		sendmail/bf.h
5690		sendmail/bf_portable.c
5691		sendmail/bf_portable.h
5692		sendmail/bf_torek.c
5693		sendmail/bf_torek.h
5694		sendmail/shmticklib.c
5695		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
5696		sendmail/timers.c
5697		sendmail/timers.h
5698		smrsh/Makefile
5699		vacation/Makefile
5700	Renamed Files:
5701		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
5702		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
5703		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
5704		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
5705		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
5706		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
5707		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
5708		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
5709		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
5710	Copied Files:
5711		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
5712
57138.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
5714	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
5715		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
5716		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
5717		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
5718		Schools" project (IdS).
5719	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
5720		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
5721		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
5722		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5723	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
5724		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
5725		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
5726		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
5727	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
5728		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
5729		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
5730		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5731	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
5732		ExecPC Internet Systems.
5733	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
5734		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
5735		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
5736		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
5737		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
5738		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
5739	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
5740		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
5741		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
5742		Hedeland of Ericsson.
5743	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
5744		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
5745		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
5746		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
5747	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
5748		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
5749	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
5750		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
5751		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
5752		group of the IETF.
5753	Portability:
5754		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
5755			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
5756			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
5757			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
5758			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
5759			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
5760			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
5761			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
5762			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
5763			Technical University of Denmark.
5764		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
5765			Supercomputer Center.
5766		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
5767			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
5768			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
5769			of Stanford University.
5770		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
5771			between different releases.  Back out the
5772			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
5773			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
5774			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
5775			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
5776		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
5777			of Siemens/SNI.
5778		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5779	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
5780		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
5781		University of Brno.
5782	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
5783		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
5784		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5785	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
5786		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
5787		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5788	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
5789		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
5790	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
5791		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
5792		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5793	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
5794		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
5795		MIDS Europe.
5796	New Files:
5797		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
5798		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5799		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
5800
58018.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
5802	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
5803		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
5804		for a denial of service attack.
5805	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
5806		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5807	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
5808		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5809		Corporation UK.
5810	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
5811		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
5812	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
5813		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
5814	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
5815		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
5816		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
5817		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
5818		Internet Services.
5819	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
5820		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
5821		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
5822		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
5823	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
5824		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
5825		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5826	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
5827		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5828	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
5829		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
5830		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
5831	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
5832		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
5833		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5834	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
5835		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
5836		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
5837		Internet Services.
5838	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
5839		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
5840		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
5841	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
5842		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
5843		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
5844		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
5845		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
5846		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
5847		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
5848		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
5849		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
5850		extended testing.
5851	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
5852		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
5853	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
5854		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
5855		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
5856		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5857	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
5858		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
5859		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
5860		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
5861		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5862	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
5863		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
5864		Network.
5865	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
5866		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
5867	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
5868		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
5869		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
5870		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
5871		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5872	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
5873		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
5874		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
5875	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
5876		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
5877	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
5878		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
5879		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
5880		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
5881		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5882	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
5883		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5884		Meteorological Institute.
5885	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5886	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
5887		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
5888	Portability:
5889		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
5890		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
5891			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
5892			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
5893		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
5894			reading network interface addresses into
5895			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
5896			Cal State University, Chico.
5897		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
5898			from changing the semantics of the compiled
5899			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
5900			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
5901		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
5902			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5903		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5904		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
5905			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
5906		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
5907		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
5908			of Sun Microsystems.
5909		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
5910			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5911		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
5912			of Bits Co., Ltd.
5913		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
5914			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5915		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
5916			of E I A.
5917		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
5918			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
5919			Information Center.
5920		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
5921			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5922			Institute.
5923		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
5924			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
5925	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
5926		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
5927		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5928	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
5929		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
5930		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
5931		Manawatu Internet Services.
5932	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
5933		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
5934		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
5935		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
5936		of Northern Illinois University.
5937	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
5938		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5939		Kiel.
5940	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
5941		Dot Com.
5942	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
5943		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5944		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5945	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
5946		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
5947		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
5948		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5949		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
5950		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5951	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
5952		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
5953	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
5954		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5955	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
5956		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5957	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
5958		the envelope From header.
5959	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
5960		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
5961	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
5962		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
5963	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
5964		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
5965		Portal Services, Inc.
5966	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
5967		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
5968		Sun Microsystems.
5969	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5970	New Files:
5971		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
5972		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
5973		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
5974		contrib/smcontrol.pl
5975		src/control.c
5976
59778.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
5978	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
5979		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
5980		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
5981		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
5982	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
5983		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
5984		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5985		Meteorological Institute.
5986	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
5987		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
5988		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5989	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
5990		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
5991		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
5992		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5993	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
5994		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5995	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
5996		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
5997	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
5998		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
5999		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
6000	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
6001		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
6002		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
6003		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
6004	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
6005		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
6006		Flextech TV.
6007	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
6008		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
6009		DaveLtd Enterprises.
6010	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
6011		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
6012		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
6013		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
6014	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
6015		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
6016	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
6017		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
6018	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
6019		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
6020		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
6021	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
6022		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
6023		University.
6024	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
6025		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
6026		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
6027		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
6028		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
6029		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
6030	Portability:
6031		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
6032			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
6033			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
6034			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
6035		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
6036			of BSDI.
6037		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
6038			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
6039			PICT Inc.
6040		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
6041			J. P. McCann of E I A.
6042		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
6043			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
6044	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
6045		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
6046		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
6047		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6048	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
6049		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
6050		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
6051	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
6052		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
6053		would not accept @@hostname.
6054	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
6055		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
6056	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
6057		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
6058		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6059	New Files:
6060		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
6061
60628.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
6063	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
6064		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
6065		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
6066		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
6067		which need the ability to override security can use the
6068		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
6069		information.
6070	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
6071		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
6072		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
6073		world writable directories.
6074	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
6075		it is in a world writable directory.
6076	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
6077		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
6078		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
6079		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
6080		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
6081	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
6082		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
6083		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
6084	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
6085		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
6086		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
6087		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
6088		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
6089		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
6090		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
6091		default.
6092	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
6093		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
6094		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
6095		the University of Maryland.
6096	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
6097		of Cal State University, Chico.
6098	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
6099		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
6100		current version of Berkeley DB.
6101	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
6102		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
6103	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
6104		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
6105		of Maryland.
6106	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
6107		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
6108		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
6109		Microsystems.
6110	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
6111		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
6112		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
6113		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
6114	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
6115		mail.local on the F=z flag.
6116	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
6117		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
6118		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
6119		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
6120	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
6121		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
6122		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
6123		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
6124		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
6125	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
6126		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
6127		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
6128		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
6129	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
6130		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
6131		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
6132	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
6133		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
6134		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
6135	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
6136		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
6137		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
6138		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
6139		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
6140		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
6141		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
6142		relaying entirely.
6143	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
6144		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
6145		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
6146		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
6147	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
6148		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
6149		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
6150		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
6151	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
6152		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
6153		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
6154		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
6155		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
6156	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
6157		sender for those failures.
6158	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
6159		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
6160		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
6161		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
6162		of Ericsson.
6163	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
6164		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
6165		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
6166		of Procter & Gamble.
6167	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
6168		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
6169		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
6170		of Procter & Gamble.
6171	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
6172		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
6173		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
6174		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
6175		DontBlameSendmail options are:
6176			Safe
6177			AssumeSafeChown
6178			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
6179			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
6180			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
6181			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
6182			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
6183			GroupWritableAliasFile
6184			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
6185			WorldWritableAliasFile
6186			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
6187			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
6188			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
6189			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
6190			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
6191			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
6192			MapInUnsafeDirPath
6193			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
6194			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
6195			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
6196			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
6197			LinkedMapInWritableDir
6198			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
6199			FileDeliveryToHardLink
6200			FileDeliveryToSymLink
6201			WriteMapToHardLink
6202			WriteMapToSymLink
6203			WriteStatsToHardLink
6204			WriteStatsToSymLink
6205			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
6206			RunWritableProgram
6207	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
6208		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
6209		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
6210		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
6211		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
6212	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
6213		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
6214	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
6215		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
6216	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
6217	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
6218		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
6219		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
6220		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
6221		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
6222	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
6223		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
6224		contrast to the success case).
6225	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
6226		of the form:
6227			HHeader: $>Ruleset
6228		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
6229		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
6230		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
6231	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
6232		from hiding their connection information in Received:
6233		headers.
6234	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
6235		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
6236		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
6237		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
6238	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
6239		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
6240		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
6241		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
6242		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
6243		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
6244	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
6245		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
6246		remote identity can be queried.
6247	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
6248		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
6249		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
6250		Hedeland of Ericsson.
6251	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
6252		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
6253		some of the details are determined dynamically via
6254		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
6255	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
6256		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
6257		the new Build method which creates an operating system
6258		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
6259	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
6260		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
6261		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
6262		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
6263		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
6264		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
6265	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
6266		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
6267		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
6268		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
6269		This means that even if only one of the recipients
6270		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
6271		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
6272	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
6273		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
6274		of CNET: The Computer Network.
6275	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
6276	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
6277		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6278	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
6279		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
6280	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
6281		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
6282		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
6283		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
6284	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
6285		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
6286		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
6287		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
6288	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
6289		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
6290		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
6291	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
6292		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
6293		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
6294		Institute.
6295	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
6296		mail.local.
6297	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
6298		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
6299		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
6300	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
6301		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
6302		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6303	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
6304		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
6305		of InfoBeat, Inc.
6306	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
6307		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
6308	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
6309		mailstats command.
6310	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
6311		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
6312		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6313	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
6314		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
6315		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
6316		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6317	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
6318		Ericsson.
6319	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
6320		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
6321		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
6322		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
6323	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
6324		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
6325		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
6326		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
6327		Stratus Computer, Inc.
6328	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
6329		currently supported version.
6330	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
6331		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6332	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
6333		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
6334		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
6335		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6336	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
6337		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
6338		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
6339		message in error bounces.
6340	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
6341		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
6342		Digital Equipment Corporation.
6343	Portability:
6344		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
6345			of Kyoto University.
6346		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
6347			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
6348			Maryland.
6349		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
6350		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
6351			in Finland.
6352		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
6353			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
6354			the University of Maryland.
6355		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
6356			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
6357		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6358			Meteorological Institute.
6359		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
6360			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
6361		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
6362		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
6363		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
6364		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
6365			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
6366			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
6367			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
6368			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
6369		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
6370			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6371		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
6372			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
6373			Microsystems.
6374	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
6375	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
6376		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
6377		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
6378	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
6379		directory for certain programs.
6380	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
6381		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
6382		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
6383		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
6384		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
6385	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
6386		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
6387		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
6388		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
6389	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
6390		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
6391		the user to setup different .forward files for
6392		user+detail addressing.
6393	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
6394		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
6395		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
6396	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
6397		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
6398		outside your domain).
6399	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
6400		any site to any site.
6401	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
6402		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
6403	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
6404		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
6405	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
6406		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
6407		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
6408		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
6409		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
6410	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
6411		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
6412	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
6413		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
6414	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
6415		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
6416		host names only.
6417	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
6418		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
6419		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
6420		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
6421		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
6422		needed for most installations.
6423	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
6424		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
6425		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
6426		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
6427		the University of Maryland.
6428	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
6429		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
6430		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
6431	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
6432		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
6433		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
6434	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
6435		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
6436	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
6437		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
6438	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
6439		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
6440		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
6441		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
6442		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
6443	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
6444		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
6445		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
6446		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
6447		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
6448		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
6449		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
6450	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
6451		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
6452	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
6453		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
6454		above for more information.
6455	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
6456		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6457		Meteorological Institute.
6458	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUser (confDEF_USER_ID) to
6459		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
6460		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
6461		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
6462		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6463	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
6464		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
6465	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
6466		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
6467		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
6468		MustQuoteChars respectively.
6469	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
6470		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
6471		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
6472		CMU (now of Netscape).
6473	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
6474		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
6475		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
6476		read mail.local/README.
6477	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
6478		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
6479		University of Maryland.
6480	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
6481		University, Chico.
6482	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6483		Meteorological Institute.
6484	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
6485		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
6486		University of Maryland.
6487	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
6488		such as linked files in world writable directories.
6489	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
6490	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
6491	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
6492		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
6493		Braunschweig.
6494	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
6495		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
6496		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6497	Changed Files:
6498		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
6499			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
6500		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
6501	New Files:
6502		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
6503		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
6504		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
6505		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
6506		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
6507		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
6508		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
6509		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
6510		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
6511		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
6512		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
6513		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
6514		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
6515		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
6516		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
6517		BuildTools/OS/QNX
6518		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
6519		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
6520		BuildTools/README
6521		BuildTools/Site/README
6522		BuildTools/bin/Build
6523		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
6524		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
6525		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
6526		Makefile
6527		cf/cf/Build
6528		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
6529		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
6530		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
6531		cf/feature/access_db.m4
6532		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
6533		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
6534		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
6535		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
6536		cf/feature/rbl.m4
6537		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
6538		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
6539		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
6540		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
6541		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
6542		contrib/doublebounce.pl
6543		mail.local/Build
6544		mail.local/Makefile.m4
6545		mail.local/README
6546		mailstats/Build
6547		mailstats/Makefile.m4
6548		makemap/Build
6549		makemap/Makefile.m4
6550		praliases/Build
6551		praliases/Makefile.m4
6552		rmail/Build
6553		rmail/Makefile.m4
6554		rmail/rmail.0
6555		smrsh/Build
6556		smrsh/Makefile.m4
6557		src/Build
6558		src/Makefile.m4
6559		src/snprintf.c
6560	Deleted Files:
6561		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
6562		mail.local/Makefile
6563		mail.local/Makefile.dist
6564		mailstats/Makefile
6565		mailstats/Makefile.dist
6566		makemap/Makefile
6567		makemap/Makefile.dist
6568		praliases/Makefile
6569		praliases/Makefile.dist
6570		rmail/Makefile
6571		smrsh/Makefile
6572		smrsh/Makefile.dist
6573		src/Makefile
6574		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
6575		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
6576			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
6577		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
6578	Renamed Files:
6579		READ_ME => README
6580		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
6581		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
6582		src/READ_ME => src/README
6583
65848.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
6585	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
6586		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6587		Meteorological Institute.
6588	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
6589		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
6590		Arseneault of SRI International.
6591	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
6592		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
6593		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6594	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
6595		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
6596	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
6597		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
6598		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
6599		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6600	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
6601		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
6602		River Systems.
6603	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
6604		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
6605		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
6606		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
6607		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6608	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
6609		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
6610		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
6611		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
6612		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
6613	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
6614		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
6615		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
6616		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6617	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
6618	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
6619		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6620	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
6621		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
6622		results during a single message processing (but would
6623		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
6624		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
6625	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
6626		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6627		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6628	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
6629		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
6630		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6631		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6632	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
6633		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
6634		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
6635		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
6636	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
6637		and the inability to save a bounce message to
6638		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
6639		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
6640		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
6641		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
6642		Associates.
6643	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
6644		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
6645		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
6646		could cause confusing error messages.
6647	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
6648		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
6649		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
6650		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
6651		SuperNet, Inc.
6652	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
6653		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
6654	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
6655		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6656		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6657	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
6658		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
6659		dropped.
6660	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
6661		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
6662		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6663	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
6664		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
6665		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
6666	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
6667		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6668		Institute.
6669	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
6670		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
6671		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
6672		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
6673	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
6674		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
6675		RUS University of Stuttgart.
6676	Minor lint fixes.
6677	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
6678		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
6679		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
6680		of Stanford University.
6681	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
6682		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
6683		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
6684	Portability:
6685		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
6686			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
6687			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
6688			Electronic Data Systems.
6689		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
6690			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
6691		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
6692		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
6693			loader environment variables into the loader memory
6694			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
6695			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
6696			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
6697			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
6698			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
6699		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
6700			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
6701			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
6702			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
6703		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
6704			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6705		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
6706			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6707		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
6708			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
6709			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
6710			Services.
6711		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
6712			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6713		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
6714			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
6715			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
6716		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
6717			Services VAS.
6718	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
6719	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
6720	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
6721			Ericsson.
6722
67238.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
6724	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
6725		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
6726		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
6727		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
6728		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
6729		GmbH.
6730	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
6731		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
6732		of Technology, Stockholm.
6733	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
6734		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
6735		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
6736		that these routines are included as though they were in the
6737		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
6738	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
6739		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
6740		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
6741		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
6742	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
6743		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
6744		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
6745		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
6746	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
6747		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
6748		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
6749		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
6750	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
6751	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
6752		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
6753		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
6754	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
6755		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
6756		have to assume that the information is good.
6757	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
6758		open or locked.
6759	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
6760	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
6761		errors during testing.
6762	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
6763		printed in the error message.
6764	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
6765		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
6766	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
6767		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
6768		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
6769	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
6770		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
6771		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
6772	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
6773		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
6774		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
6775		runner runs during a critical section in another message
6776		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
6777		Results Computing.
6778	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
6779		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
6780		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
6781		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
6782		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6783	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
6784		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
6785		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
6786		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
6787		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
6788		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
6789		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
6790		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
6791		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
6792		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
6793		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
6794		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
6795		simultaneously.
6796	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
6797		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
6798	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
6799		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
6800		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6801	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
6802		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
6803		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
6804		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6805	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
6806		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
6807		CSU Chico.
6808	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
6809		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
6810		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
6811		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
6812	Portability:
6813		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
6814			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
6815			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
6816			be used instead.
6817		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
6818			of Argonne National Laboratory.
6819		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6820		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6821		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
6822			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
6823		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
6824			in Makefiles.
6825		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
6826			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
6827		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
6828			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
6829			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
6830			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
6831			NCR Corp.
6832		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
6833			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6834		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
6835			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
6836			Resource Network
6837		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
6838			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
6839			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
6840			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
6841			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
6842			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
6843		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
6844			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
6845			Corp.
6846		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
6847			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
6848			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
6849		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
6850			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
6851		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
6852			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
6853			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
6854			PlainTalk.
6855	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
6856		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
6857		by Harry Styron.
6858	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
6859		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
6860	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
6861	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
6862		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
6863		changed after open".
6864	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
6865		files.
6866	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
6867	NEW FILES:
6868		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
6869		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
6870		test/t_exclopen.c
6871		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
6872	DELETED FILES:
6873		Makefile
6874
68758.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
6876	    *************************************************************
6877	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
6878	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
6879	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
6880	    * continued sendmail development.				*
6881	    *************************************************************
6882	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
6883		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
6884		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
6885		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
6886		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
6887		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
6888		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
6889		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
6890		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
6891		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
6892		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
6893		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
6894		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
6895		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
6896		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
6897		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
6898	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
6899		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
6900		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
6901		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
6902		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
6903		another database; this can be used either to expose
6904		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
6905		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
6906		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
6907		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
6908		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
6909		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
6910		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
6911		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
6912		system directories.
6913	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
6914		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
6915		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
6916		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
6917		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
6918		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
6919		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
6920	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
6921		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
6922		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
6923		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
6924		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
6925		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
6926		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
6927		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
6928		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
6929		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
6930		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
6931		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
6932		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
6933		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
6934		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
6935		NFS-mounted filesystems.
6936	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
6937		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
6938		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
6939		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
6940		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
6941		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
6942	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
6943		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
6944		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
6945	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
6946		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
6947		same host).
6948	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
6949		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
6950		from Theo de Raadt.
6951	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
6952		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
6953		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6954	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
6955		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
6956		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
6957	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
6958		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
6959		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6960	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
6961		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
6962		Microsystems.
6963	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
6964		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
6965		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6966	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
6967		too large) don't send the bogus message.
6968	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
6969		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
6970		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6971	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
6972		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
6973		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
6974	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
6975		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
6976		Shapiro.
6977	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
6978		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
6979		Sun Microsystems.
6980	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
6981		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
6982		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
6983		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
6984		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
6985		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
6986	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
6987		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
6988		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
6989		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
6990		Mercury Mail.
6991	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
6992		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
6993		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
6994		Morgan Stanley.
6995	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
6996		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
6997		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
6998		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6999	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
7000		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
7001		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
7002		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
7003		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
7004		not be run.
7005	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
7006		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
7007		printing.
7008	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
7009		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
7010		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7011	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
7012		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
7013	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
7014	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
7015		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
7016		erroneous results during a single message processing
7017		(but would recover when the next message was received).
7018	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
7019		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
7020		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
7021		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
7022		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
7023		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
7024		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
7025	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
7026		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
7027		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
7028		address as "may be forged".
7029	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
7030		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
7031		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
7032	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
7033		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
7034		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
7035		of TwinCom.
7036	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
7037		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
7038		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
7039		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
7040	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
7041		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
7042		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
7043	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
7044		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
7045		Institute.
7046	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
7047		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
7048		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
7049		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
7050		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
7051		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
7052		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
7053		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
7054	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
7055		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
7056		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
7057		book (2nd edition).
7058	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
7059		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
7060		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
7061		John Beck of SunSoft.
7062	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
7063		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
7064		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
7065	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
7066		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
7067	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
7068		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
7069	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
7070		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
7071	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
7072		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
7073		returns.
7074	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
7075		on some architectures.
7076	Portability:
7077		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
7078		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
7079			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
7080			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
7081			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
7082			of Washington.
7083		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
7084			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
7085			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
7086		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
7087		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
7088		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
7089		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
7090			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
7091			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
7092			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7093		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
7094		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
7095			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
7096			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
7097			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
7098			Cambridge.
7099		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
7100			Kari Hurtta.
7101		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
7102			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
7103			IRIX Makefile).
7104		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
7105			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
7106	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
7107		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
7108		Brian Candler.
7109	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
7110		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
7111		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7112	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
7113		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
7114		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7115	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
7116		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
7117		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
7118	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
7119		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
7120		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7121	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
7122		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
7123		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
7124	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
7125		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
7126		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
7127		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
7128		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7129	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
7130		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
7131		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
7132		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
7133	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
7134		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
7135		was specified, even when it wasn't.
7136	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
7137	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
7138		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
7139		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
7140		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
7141		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
7142	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
7143		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
7144		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
7145		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
7146		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
7147		developers).
7148	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
7149		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
7150		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7151	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
7152		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
7153		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
7154		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
7155	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
7156		NEXTSTEP.
7157	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
7158		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
7159		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
7160		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
7161		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
7162	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
7163		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
7164		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
7165		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
7166		for system accounts.
7167	NEW FILES:
7168		src/safefile.c
7169		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
7170		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
7171		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
7172		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
7173		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
7174	RENAMED FILES:
7175		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
7176		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
7177
71788.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
7179	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
7180		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
7181		even if RunAsUser is specified.
7182	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
7183		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
7184		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
7185	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
7186		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
7187		University of Pennsylvania.
7188	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
7189		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
7190		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
7191		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
7192		was unnecessarily awful.
7193	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
7194		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
7195		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
7196	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
7197		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
7198		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
7199		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
7200		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
7201		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
7202	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
7203		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7204	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
7205		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
7206		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7207	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
7208		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
7209		Semiconductor Corp.
7210	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
7211		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
7212		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
7213		at Austin.
7214	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
7215		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
7216		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
7217		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
7218		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
7219	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
7220		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
7221		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
7222		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
7223		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
7224	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
7225		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
7226		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
7227		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
7228		Costales.
7229	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
7230		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
7231		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
7232		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
7233		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
7234	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
7235		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
7236		The current values and defaults are:
7237		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
7238		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
7239		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
7240		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
7241		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
7242	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
7243		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
7244		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
7245	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
7246		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
7247	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
7248		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
7249		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
7250		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
7251		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
7252		Eric Hagberg.
7253	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
7254		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
7255		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
7256		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
7257	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
7258		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
7259		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
7260		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7261	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
7262		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
7263		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
7264		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
7265		Communications.
7266	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
7267		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
7268		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
7269		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7270	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
7271		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
7272	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
7273		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
7274	PORTABILITY:
7275		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
7276			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
7277		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
7278			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
7279		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7280		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
7281			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
7282			(Moscow).
7283		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
7284		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
7285		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
7286		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
7287		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
7288			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
7289	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
7290		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
7291		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
7292		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
7293		Received: line.
7294	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
7295		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
7296		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
7297		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
7298		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
7299		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
7300	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
7301		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
7302		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
7303		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
7304		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
7305		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
7306		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
7307		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
7308		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
7309		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
7310	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
7311		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
7312		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
7313		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
7314		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7315	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
7316		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
7317		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
7318	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
7319		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
7320		Long Beach.
7321
73228.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
7323	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
7324		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
7325		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
7326		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
7327		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
7328		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
7329		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
7330	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
7331		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
7332		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
7333		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
7334		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
7335		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
7336		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
7337		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
7338		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
7339	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
7340		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
7341		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7342	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
7343		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
7344		Problem noted by several people.
7345	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
7346		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
7347		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
7348		by several people.
7349	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
7350		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
7351	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
7352		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
7353		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
7354		of Best Internet Communications.
7355	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
7356		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
7357	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
7358		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
7359		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
7360		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
7361		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
7362	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
7363		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
7364	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
7365		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
7366	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
7367		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7368	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
7369		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
7370		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
7371		by Roy Mongiovi.
7372	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
7373		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7374	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
7375		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
7376		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
7377		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
7378		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
7379	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
7380		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
7381		of Kyoto University.
7382	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
7383		conditions from Don Lewis.
7384	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
7385		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
7386		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
7387		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
7388		patch from Bryan Costales.
7389	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7390		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
7391			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
7392			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
7393			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
7394			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
7395		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
7396			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
7397		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
7398			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
7399		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
7400			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
7401			of Tokyo.
7402		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
7403			Services, Inc.
7404		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
7405			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
7406			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
7407			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
7408		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
7409			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
7410	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
7411		than one long one.  By popular demand.
7412	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
7413		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
7414	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
7415		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
7416		of NTT Software Corporation.
7417	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
7418	NEW FILES:
7419		contrib/etrn.pl
7420
74218.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
7422	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
7423		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
7424		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
7425		best-of-security list.
7426	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
7427		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
7428		should make it clearer to people that they are running
7429		the wrong binary.
7430	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
7431		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
7432		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
7433		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
7434		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
7435	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
7436		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
7437		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
7438		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
7439	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
7440		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
7441	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
7442		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
7443		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
7444		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
7445		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
7446		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
7447		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
7448		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
7449		Eric Wassenaar.
7450	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
7451		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
7452		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
7453		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
7454		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
7455		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
7456		UUNET.
7457	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
7458		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
7459		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
7460		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
7461		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
7462	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
7463		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
7464		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
7465		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
7466	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
7467		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
7468	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
7469		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
7470		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
7471		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
7472	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
7473		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
7474		University of Linkoping.
7475	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
7476		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
7477		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7478	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
7479		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
7480		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
7481		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
7482		other end.
7483	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
7484		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
7485		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
7486	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
7487		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
7488		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
7489		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7490	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7491		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
7492			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
7493			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
7494			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
7495		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
7496			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
7497		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
7498			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
7499		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
7500			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
7501			The outline of the implementation was contributed
7502			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
7503		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
7504			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
7505			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
7506			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
7507			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
7508			Earickson of Colby College.
7509		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
7510			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
7511			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
7512			Kari Hurtta.
7513	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
7514		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
7515		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
7516	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
7517		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
7518		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
7519		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
7520	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
7521		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
7522		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
7523		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
7524		University of Washington, Seattle.
7525	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
7526		Polytechnic Institute.
7527	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
7528		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
7529	NEW FILES:
7530		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
7531		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
7532		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
7533
75348.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
7535	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
7536		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
7537	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7538		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
7539			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
7540			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
7541	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
7542		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
7543	CONFIG: no changes.
7544
75458.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
7546	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
7547		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
7548		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
7549	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
7550		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
7551		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
7552		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
7553		of WPI.
7554	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
7555		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
7556		Kyoto University.
7557	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
7558		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
7559		on illegal host names.
7560	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
7561		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
7562		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
7563	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
7564		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
7565		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
7566	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
7567		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
7568		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7569	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
7570		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
7571		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
7572	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
7573		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
7574		University of Leicester.
7575	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
7576		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
7577		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
7578		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
7579		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
7580		University of Washington.
7581	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7582		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
7583			people pointed this out.
7584		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
7585		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
7586			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
7587	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
7588		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
7589	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
7590		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
7591		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
7592		Softec.
7593	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
7594		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
7595	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
7596		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
7597
75988.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
7599	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
7600		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
7601	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
7602		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
7603		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
7604	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
7605		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
7606		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
7607		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
7608	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
7609		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
7610		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
7611		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
7612		NSC (Japan).
7613	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
7614		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
7615		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7616	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
7617		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
7618		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
7619		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
7620	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
7621		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
7622		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
7623		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
7624		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
7625		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
7626		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
7627		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
7628	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
7629		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
7630	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
7631		printout.
7632	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
7633	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
7634		square braces.
7635	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
7636		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
7637		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
7638	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
7639		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
7640		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
7641		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
7642	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
7643		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
7644		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
7645		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7646	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
7647		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
7648		Dandelion Digital.
7649	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
7650		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
7651	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
7652		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
7653		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
7654	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
7655		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
7656		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
7657	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
7658		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
7659	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
7660		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
7661		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
7662		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
7663		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
7664	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
7665		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
7666	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
7667		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
7668		mailers.
7669	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
7670		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
7671		Myers of CMU.
7672	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
7673		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
7674		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
7675		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
7676		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
7677		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
7678	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
7679		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
7680		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
7681		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
7682		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
7683		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
7684		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
7685		parameter.
7686	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
7687		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
7688		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
7689		University of Maryland.
7690	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
7691		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
7692	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
7693		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
7694		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
7695	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
7696		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
7697		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
7698		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
7699		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
7700		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
7701		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
7702	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
7703		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
7704		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
7705		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
7706		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
7707	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
7708		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
7709		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
7710		section 5.2.5.
7711	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
7712		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
7713		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
7714		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
7715		is for incoming connections only.
7716	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
7717		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
7718		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
7719		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
7720		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
7721		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
7722		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
7723		(e.g., due to connection caching).
7724	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
7725		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
7726		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
7727		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
7728		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
7729		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
7730		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
7731		that take a very long time to run.
7732	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
7733		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
7734		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
7735	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
7736		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
7737		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7738	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
7739		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
7740		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7741	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
7742		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
7743		Costales.
7744	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
7745		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
7746		Technologies, Inc.
7747	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
7748		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
7749		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
7750	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
7751		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
7752		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
7753		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
7754		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
7755		different for this case.
7756	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
7757		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
7758		of Stanford University.
7759	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
7760		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
7761		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
7762		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7763	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
7764		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
7765		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
7766	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
7767		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
7768		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7769	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
7770		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
7771		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
7772		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
7773	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
7774		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
7775		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
7776		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
7777		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
7778		Pasteur Institute.
7779	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
7780		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
7781		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
7782		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
7783	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
7784		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
7785		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
7786		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
7787		canonification.
7788	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
7789		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
7790		mailers.
7791	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
7792		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
7793		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
7794		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
7795		either of these in their configuration file.
7796	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
7797		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
7798		St. Peter's College.
7799	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
7800		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
7801	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
7802		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7803	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
7804		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7805	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
7806		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
7807		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
7808		Costales.
7809	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
7810		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
7811		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
7812		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
7813		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
7814		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
7815		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
7816		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
7817		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
7818		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
7819		in rulesets.
7820	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
7821		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
7822		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
7823		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
7824		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
7825		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
7826		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
7827		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
7828	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
7829		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
7830		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
7831		on that basis.
7832	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
7833		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
7834	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
7835		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
7836		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
7837		Vixie.
7838	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
7839		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
7840		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
7841		See also the src/READ_ME file.
7842	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
7843		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
7844		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
7845		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
7846		two characters $, +.
7847	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
7848		debug_dumpstate.
7849	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
7850		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
7851		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
7852		valid recipients.
7853	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMXhost; this prevented it to be a
7854		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
7855		noted by Tom May.
7856	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
7857		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
7858		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
7859		Beck of InReference, Inc.
7860	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
7861		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
7862		Computing Corporation.
7863	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
7864		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
7865		Internet Communications.
7866	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
7867		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
7868		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
7869		of Lysator.
7870	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
7871		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
7872		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
7873		of the University of Iceland.
7874	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
7875		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
7876		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
7877		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
7878		this change is a no-op.
7879	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
7880		Costales.
7881	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
7882		Bryan Costales.
7883	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
7884		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
7885	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
7886		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7887	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
7888		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7889	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
7890		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
7891		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
7892		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7893	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
7894		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
7895		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
7896		Jones of UUNET.
7897	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
7898		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
7899		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7900	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
7901		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
7902		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
7903		easily determine what messages are to their role as
7904		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
7905		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
7906	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
7907		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
7908		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
7909		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
7910		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
7911		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
7912		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
7913		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
7914		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
7915		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
7916		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
7917		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
7918	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
7919		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
7920		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
7921		of Stanford University.
7922	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
7923		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
7924		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
7925		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
7926		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
7927		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
7928		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
7929	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
7930		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
7931		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
7932		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
7933		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
7934		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7935	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
7936		Motonori Nakamura.
7937	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
7938		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
7939		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
7940		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
7941	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
7942		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
7943		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
7944		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
7945		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
7946		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
7947		value is ".hoststat".
7948		There are also two new operation modes:
7949		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
7950		    connections.
7951		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
7952		    recent status information.
7953		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
7954		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
7955		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
7956		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
7957		framework is gratefully appreciated.
7958	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
7959		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
7960		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
7961		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
7962		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
7963		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
7964		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
7965		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
7966		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
7967		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
7968		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
7969	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
7970		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
7971		Costales.
7972	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
7973		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7974	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
7975		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
7976		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
7977		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7978	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
7979		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
7980		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
7981		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
7982		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
7983		Webmasters.
7984	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
7985		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
7986		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
7987		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
7988		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
7989	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
7990		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
7991		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
7992		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
7993		of Washington, Seattle.
7994	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
7995		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
7996		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
7997		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
7998		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
7999		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
8000	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
8001		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
8002		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
8003		Nakamura.
8004	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
8005		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
8006		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
8007		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
8008		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
8009		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
8010		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
8011		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
8012		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
8013		well constrained.
8014	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
8015		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
8016		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
8017		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
8018		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
8019	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
8020		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
8021		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
8022		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
8023		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
8024		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
8025	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
8026		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
8027		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
8028	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
8029		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
8030		Wolfhugel.
8031	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
8032		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
8033	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
8034		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
8035		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
8036	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
8037		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8038	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
8039		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
8040		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
8041		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
8042		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
8043	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
8044		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
8045		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
8046		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
8047	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
8048		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
8049		National University of Singapore.
8050	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
8051		detect cases where DefaultUser is set to something that the
8052		system can't cope with.
8053	PORTABILITY FIXES:
8054		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
8055			Atlas International.
8056		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
8057			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
8058		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
8059			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
8060			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
8061			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
8062			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
8063			Bernstein and Associates.
8064		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
8065			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
8066			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
8067		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
8068			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
8069		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
8070			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
8071			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
8072		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
8073			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
8074		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
8075			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
8076		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
8077		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
8078		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
8079			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
8080			Institute.
8081		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
8082			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
8083		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
8084		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
8085			Employment Standards Administration.
8086		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
8087		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
8088			Jr.
8089		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
8090			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
8091		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
8092			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
8093		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
8094		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
8095		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
8096		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
8097			of the University of Arizona.
8098		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
8099			Vanderbilt University.
8100		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
8101			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
8102			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
8103			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
8104	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
8105		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
8106	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
8107		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
8108		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
8109		Foundation.
8110	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
8111	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
8112		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
8113		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
8114		Myers of CMU.
8115	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
8116		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
8117		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
8118	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
8119		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
8120		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
8121		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
8122		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
8123		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
8124		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
8125		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
8126	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
8127		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
8128		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
8129		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
8130		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
8131		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
8132		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
8133	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
8134		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
8135		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
8136		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
8137			info@foo.com	foo-info
8138			info@bar.com	bar-info
8139			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
8140		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
8141		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
8142		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
8143		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
8144		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
8145		a great many people.
8146	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
8147		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
8148	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
8149		"fax" mailer.
8150	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
8151		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
8152		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
8153		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
8154		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
8155		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
8156	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
8157		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
8158		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
8159		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
8160		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
8161	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
8162		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
8163		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
8164		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
8165		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
8166		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
8167	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
8168		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
8169		of WPI.
8170	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
8171		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
8172		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
8173	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
8174		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
8175		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
8176	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
8177		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
8178		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
8179		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
8180	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
8181	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
8182		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
8183		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
8184		by Andreas Luik.
8185	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
8186		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
8187		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
8188	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
8189		Wolfhugel.
8190	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
8191	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
8192		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
8193		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
8194		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
8195		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
8196		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
8197		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
8198	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
8199		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
8200		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
8201		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
8202		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
8203	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
8204		Costales.
8205	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
8206	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
8207		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
8208	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
8209	NEW FILES:
8210		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
8211		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
8212		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
8213		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
8214		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
8215		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
8216		mailstats/mailstats.8
8217		praliases/praliases.8
8218		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
8219		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
8220		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
8221		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
8222		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
8223		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
8224		cf/ostype/altos.m4
8225		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
8226		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
8227		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
8228		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
8229	DELETED FILES:
8230		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
8231		contrib/xla/README
8232		contrib/xla/xla.c
8233	RENAMED FILES:
8234		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
8235		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
8236		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
8237		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
8238		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
8239
82408.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
8241	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
8242		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
8243		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
8244		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
8245		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
8246	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
8247		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
8248		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
8249
82508.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
8251	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
8252		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
8253		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
8254		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
8255		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
8256		and others.
8257
82588.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
8259	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
8260		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
8261		any user (except root).
8262	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
8263		version number is unchanged.
8264
82658.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
8266	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
8267		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
8268		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
8269	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
8270		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
8271		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
8272		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
8273	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
8274		Costales.
8275	PORTABILITY FIXES:
8276		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
8277		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
8278			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
8279			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
8280			Stanford University.
8281	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
8282		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8283
82848.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
8285	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
8286		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
8287		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
8288	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
8289		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
8290		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
8291		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
8292		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
8293		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
8294		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
8295	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
8296		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
8297		by Kari Hurtta.
8298	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
8299		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
8300		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
8301		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
8302		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
8303		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
8304		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
8305		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
8306		bounces when it should have requeued.
8307	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
8308		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
8309		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
8310		John Hawkinson of Panix.
8311	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
8312		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
8313		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
8314		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
8315		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
8316		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
8317		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
8318		Infobiogen.
8319	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
8320		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
8321		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
8322		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
8323		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
8324	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
8325		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
8326	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
8327		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
8328		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8329	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
8330		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
8331		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
8332	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
8333		underscores.
8334	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
8335		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
8336		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
8337	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
8338		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
8339		included even if the user did not request success notification,
8340		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8341	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
8342		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
8343		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
8344		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
8345		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
8346	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
8347		Costales of ICSI.
8348	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
8349		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
8350		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
8351	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
8352		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
8353		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
8354		Technological University.
8355	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
8356		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
8357		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
8358		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
8359	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
8360		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
8361	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
8362		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
8363	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
8364		to have the database format of the alias files without the
8365		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
8366		Inc.
8367	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
8368		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
8369		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
8370	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
8371		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
8372		University.
8373	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
8374		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
8375		Association for Progressive Communications.
8376	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
8377		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
8378		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
8379		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
8380		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
8381		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
8382		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
8383		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
8384	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
8385		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
8386		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
8387		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
8388	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
8389		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
8390		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
8391		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
8392		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
8393		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
8394	PORTABILITY FIXES:
8395		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
8396			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
8397			James B. Davis of TCI.
8398		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
8399			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8400		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
8401			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
8402			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
8403			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
8404			isn't supported on all compilers.
8405		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
8406	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
8407		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
8408	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
8409		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
8410	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
8411		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
8412		(France).
8413	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
8414		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
8415	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
8416		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
8417		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
8418	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
8419		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
8420		for different files.
8421	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
8422		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
8423		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
8424	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
8425		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
8426		changes).
8427
84288.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
8429	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
8430		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
8431		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
8432		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
8433	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
8434		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
8435		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
8436		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
8437		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
8438		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8439	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
8440		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
8441		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
8442		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
8443		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
8444		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
8445		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
8446		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
8447		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
8448		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
8449	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
8450		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
8451		results.  This could have security implications.
8452	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
8453		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
8454		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
8455	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
8456		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
8457		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
8458		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
8459		Elz.
8460	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
8461		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
8462	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
8463		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
8464		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
8465		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
8466		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
8467		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
8468		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
8469		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
8470		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
8471		domain names are your friends.
8472	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
8473		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
8474	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
8475		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
8476	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
8477		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
8478		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
8479		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
8480		of TerraNet.
8481	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
8482		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
8483		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
8484		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
8485		of WPI.
8486	PORTABILITY FIXES:
8487		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
8488			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
8489			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
8490			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
8491			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
8492		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
8493			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
8494		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
8495		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
8496		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
8497			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
8498	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
8499		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
8500		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
8501	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
8502		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
8503		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
8504	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
8505		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
8506		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
8507		Infobiogen (France).
8508	NEW FILES:
8509		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
8510		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
8511		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
8512
85138.7/8.7		1995/09/16
8514	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
8515		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
8516		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
8517		Global Communications.
8518	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
8519		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
8520	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
8521		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
8522		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
8523		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
8524		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
8525	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
8526		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
8527		can be confusing.
8528	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
8529		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
8530	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
8531		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
8532	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
8533		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
8534		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
8535		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
8536		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
8537		Maryland.
8538	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
8539		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
8540		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
8541		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
8542		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8543	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
8544		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
8545		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
8546		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
8547		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
8548	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
8549		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8550	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
8551		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
8552		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
8553		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8554	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
8555		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
8556		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
8557		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
8558		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
8559		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
8560		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
8561		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
8562		Swarthmore University.
8563	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
8564		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
8565		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
8566		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
8567			ruleset.
8568		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
8569		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
8570			-d debug flag.
8571		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
8572		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
8573		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
8574		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
8575			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
8576			and the parsed address.
8577		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
8578			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
8579		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
8580			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
8581			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
8582			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
8583			recipients.
8584		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
8585			return the result.
8586		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
8587			`mapname' and return the result.
8588	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
8589		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
8590	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
8591		the header for envelope sender information and uses
8592		CRLF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
8593		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
8594		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
8595		that functionality.
8596	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
8597		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
8598		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
8599		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
8600		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
8601		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
8602	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
8603		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
8604		of Michigan Technological University.
8605	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
8606		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
8607		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
8608		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
8609		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
8610		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
8611		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
8612		or not.
8613	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
8614		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
8615		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
8616		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
8617		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
8618		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
8619		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
8620	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
8621		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
8622		should have minimal impact on external function.
8623	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
8624		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
8625			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
8626		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
8627			7	SevenBitInput
8628			8	EightBitMode
8629			A	AliasFile
8630			a	AliasWait
8631			B	BlankSub
8632			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
8633			C	CheckpointInterval
8634			c	HoldExpensive
8635			D	AutoRebuildAliases
8636			d	DeliveryMode
8637			E	ErrorHeader
8638			e	ErrorMode
8639			f	SaveFromLine
8640			F	TempFileMode
8641			G	MatchGECOS
8642			H	HelpFile
8643			h	MaxHopCount
8644			i	IgnoreDots
8645			I	ResolverOptions
8646			J	ForwardPath
8647			j	SendMimeErrors
8648			k	ConnectionCacheSize
8649			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
8650			L	LogLevel
8651			l	UseErrorsTo
8652			m	MeToo
8653			n	CheckAliases
8654			O	DaemonPortOptions
8655			o	OldStyleHeaders
8656			P	PostmasterCopy
8657			p	PrivacyOptions
8658			Q	QueueDirectory
8659			q	QueueFactor
8660			R	DontPruneRoutes
8661			r, T	Timeout
8662			S	StatusFile
8663			s	SuperSafe
8664			t	TimeZoneSpec
8665			u	DefaultUser
8666			U	UserDatabaseSpec
8667			V	FallbackMXHost
8668			v	Verbose
8669			w	TryNullMXList
8670			x	QueueLA
8671			X	RefuseLA
8672			Y	ForkEachJob
8673			y	RecipientFactor
8674			z	ClassFactor
8675			Z	RetryFactor
8676		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
8677		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
8678			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
8679			$l	UnixFromLine
8680			$o	OperatorChars
8681			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
8682		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
8683		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
8684		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
8685		specify "V6" in the configuration.
8686	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
8687		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
8688		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
8689		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
8690		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
8691		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
8692		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
8693		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
8694		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
8695		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8696	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
8697		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
8698		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
8699			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
8700			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
8701		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
8702			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
8703			recipient mailer flags.
8704		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
8705		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
8706			delivery.
8707		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
8708		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
8709		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
8710		    |	Check for |program on this address.
8711		    /	Check for /file on this address.
8712		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
8713			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
8714			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
8715			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
8716		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
8717		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
8718		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8719	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
8720		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
8721		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
8722		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
8723		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
8724		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
8725		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
8726		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
8727		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
8728		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
8729		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
8730		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
8731		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
8732		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
8733		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
8734		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
8735			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
8736			(essentially, the full MIME option).
8737		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
8738			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
8739		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
8740			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
8741			flag is ignored.
8742		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
8743			the setting of F=8.
8744	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
8745		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
8746		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
8747		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
8748	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
8749		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
8750		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
8751		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
8752	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
8753		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
8754		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
8755		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
8756	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
8757		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
8758		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
8759		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
8760		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
8761		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
8762		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
8763		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
8764	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
8765		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
8766		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
8767		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
8768		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
8769		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
8770		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
8771		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
8772		Unicom.
8773	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
8774		fashion as the U= mailer option.
8775	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
8776		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
8777		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
8778		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
8779		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
8780		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
8781		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
8782		from Chip Rosenthal.
8783	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
8784		For example,
8785		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
8786		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
8787		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
8788		set them both the preferred new syntax is
8789		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
8790		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
8791	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
8792		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
8793		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
8794		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
8795		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
8796		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
8797		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
8798		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
8799		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
8800		contribution was to make it configurable).
8801	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
8802		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
8803		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
8804		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
8805		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
8806		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
8807	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
8808		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
8809		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
8810		I/O redirection.
8811	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
8812		can be confusing.
8813	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
8814		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
8815		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
8816	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
8817	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
8818		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
8819		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
8820		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
8821		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
8822		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
8823		queue-only.
8824	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
8825		:include: and .forward files.
8826	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
8827		key field name, the value field name, and the field
8828		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
8829		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
8830		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
8831	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
8832		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8833	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
8834		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
8835		Sun Microsystems.
8836	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
8837		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
8838		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
8839		Hutton of Indiana University.
8840	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
8841		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
8842		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
8843		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
8844		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
8845		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
8846	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
8847		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
8848		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
8849		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
8850		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
8851		as comments.
8852	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
8853		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
8854		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
8855		are from sysexits.h.
8856	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
8857		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
8858		    Kmap1 ...
8859		    Kmap2 ...
8860		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
8861		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
8862		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
8863		map2 is searched and the value returned.
8864	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
8865		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
8866		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
8867		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
8868		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
8869		For example, if the declaration of the map is
8870		    Ksample switch hosts
8871		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
8872		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
8873		equivalent to
8874		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
8875		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
8876	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
8877		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
8878		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
8879		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
8880		the -m (matchonly) flag.
8881	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
8882		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
8883		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
8884	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
8885		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
8886		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
8887		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
8888	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
8889		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
8890		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
8891		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
8892		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
8893		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
8894		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
8895		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
8896		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
8897	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
8898		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
8899		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
8900		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
8901		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
8902	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
8903		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
8904		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
8905		an /etc/hosts entry reads
8906		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
8907		this change will use the second name as the canonical
8908		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
8909	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
8910		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
8911		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
8912		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
8913		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
8914		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
8915	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
8916		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
8917		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
8918		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
8919		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
8920		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
8921		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
8922	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
8923		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
8924		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8925	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
8926		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
8927		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
8928		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
8929	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
8930		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
8931		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
8932		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
8933		much longer than the specified timeout.
8934	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
8935		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
8936		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
8937		denial-of-service attack.
8938	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
8939		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
8940		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8941	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
8942		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
8943		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
8944		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
8945		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
8946		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
8947		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
8948		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
8949		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
8950		actually file lookups.
8951	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
8952		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
8953		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
8954		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
8955	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
8956		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
8957		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
8958		support for them has been removed.
8959	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
8960		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
8961		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
8962	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
8963		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
8964		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
8965		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
8966	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
8967		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
8968		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
8969	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
8970		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
8971		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
8972	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
8973		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
8974		also improves the connection cache utilization.
8975	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
8976		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
8977		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
8978	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
8979		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
8980		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
8981		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
8982		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
8983		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
8984		Microsystems.
8985	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
8986		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
8987		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
8988		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
8989		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
8990		option can give the network software time to establish
8991		the link.  The default units are seconds.
8992	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
8993		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
8994		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
8995		Defense Information Systems Agency.
8996	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
8997		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
8998		the National Computer Security Center.
8999	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
9000		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
9001		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
9002		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
9003		the mailprio scripts (see below).
9004	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
9005		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
9006		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
9007		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
9008		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
9009		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
9010		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
9011		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
9012		University Computing Service.
9013	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
9014		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
9015		the University of Kentucky.
9016	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
9017		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
9018		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
9019	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
9020		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
9021	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
9022		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
9023		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
9024		Corporation.
9025	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
9026		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
9027		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
9028		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
9029	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
9030		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
9031		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
9032		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
9033		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
9034		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
9035		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
9036	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
9037		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
9038		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
9039	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
9040		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
9041		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
9042		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
9043	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
9044		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
9045		Communications.
9046	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
9047		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
9048		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
9049		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
9050		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
9051	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
9052		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
9053		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
9054		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
9055		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
9056	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
9057		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9058	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
9059		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
9060		on values:
9061		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
9062					message will be passed on even
9063					though it is in technically
9064					illegal syntax.
9065		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
9066					recipients that it can find from
9067					the envelope.  This risks exposing
9068					Bcc: recipients.
9069		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
9070					has almost no redeeming social value,
9071					and is provided only for back
9072					compatibility.
9073		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
9074					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
9075					which will have the effect of
9076					making the message legal without
9077					exposing Bcc: recipients.
9078		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
9079					There is a chance that mailers down
9080					the line will delete this header,
9081					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
9082					recipients.
9083		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
9084	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
9085		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
9086		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
9087		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
9088		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
9089	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
9090		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
9091		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
9092		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
9093		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
9094		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
9095		For example, if you run with
9096			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
9097		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
9098		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
9099		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
9100		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
9101	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
9102		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
9103			list: member1
9104			list: member2
9105		and an alias file declared as:
9106			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
9107		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
9108		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
9109		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9110	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
9111	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
9112		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
9113		Johannesen.
9114	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
9115		to be simpler and more consistent.
9116	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
9117		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
9118		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
9119		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
9120	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
9121		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
9122		This may affect some people who have written their own
9123		checkcompat() routine.
9124	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
9125		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
9126		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
9127	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
9128		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
9129		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
9130		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
9131	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
9132		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
9133		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
9134		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
9135		Corporation.
9136	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
9137		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
9138		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
9139		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
9140		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
9141		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
9142		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
9143		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
9144	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
9145		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
9146		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
9147	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
9148		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
9149		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
9150	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
9151		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
9152		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
9153	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
9154		the header.
9155	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
9156	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
9157		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
9158		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
9159	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
9160		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
9161		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
9162		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
9163		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
9164		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
9165	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
9166		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
9167		is added between the first and second word of the first
9168		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
9169		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
9170		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
9171		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
9172		old sendmails understand.
9173	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
9174		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
9175	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
9176		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
9177		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
9178		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
9179		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
9180		data -- for example,
9181		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
9182					(romanized/less information)
9183		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
9184					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
9185					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
9186		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
9187					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
9188		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
9189		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
9190	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
9191		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
9192		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
9193		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
9194		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
9195		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
9196		Eric Prestemon of American University.
9197	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
9198		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
9199		increment on the background value).
9200	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
9201		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
9202		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
9203	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
9204		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
9205		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
9206	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
9207		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
9208		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
9209		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
9210		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
9211	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
9212		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
9213		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
9214		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
9215		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
9216		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
9217		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
9218		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
9219		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
9220	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
9221		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
9222		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
9223		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
9224		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
9225		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
9226		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
9227	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
9228		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
9229		service type is "files".
9230	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
9231		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
9232		into class "c".
9233	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
9234		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
9235		contributed by SunSoft.
9236	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
9237		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
9238		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
9239		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
9240		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
9241		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
9242		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
9243		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
9244		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
9245		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
9246	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
9247		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
9248		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
9249		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
9250	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
9251		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
9252		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
9253		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
9254		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
9255		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
9256		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
9257	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
9258		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
9259	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
9260		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
9261		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
9262	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
9263		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
9264		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
9265		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
9266		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
9267		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
9268		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
9269		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
9270		flags.
9271	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
9272		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
9273		Motonori Nakamura.
9274	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
9275		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
9276		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
9277		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
9278		of MIT.
9279	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
9280		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
9281	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
9282		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
9283		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
9284		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
9285		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
9286		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
9287		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
9288		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
9289		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
9290	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
9291		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
9292		the make.
9293	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
9294		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
9295		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
9296		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
9297	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
9298		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
9299		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
9300		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
9301		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
9302		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
9303	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
9304		of Sun Microsystems.
9305	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
9306		is at least 50% faster.
9307	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
9308		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
9309		University.
9310	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
9311		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
9312	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
9313		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
9314		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
9315		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
9316	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
9317		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
9318		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
9319	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
9320		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
9321		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
9322		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
9323		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
9324		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
9325	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
9326		Carnegie Mellon.
9327	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
9328		support.
9329	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
9330		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
9331		Global Information Solutions.
9332	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
9333		From Motonori Nakamura.
9334	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
9335		Motonori Nakamura.
9336	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
9337		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
9338	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
9339		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
9340		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
9341		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
9342		James of British Telecom.
9343	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
9344		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
9345	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
9346		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
9347		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
9348		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
9349		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
9350		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
9351		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
9352	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
9353		a bad guy can read your private files.
9354	PORTABILITY FIXES:
9355		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
9356		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
9357			University.  This expands the disk size
9358			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
9359		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
9360			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
9361		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
9362			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
9363		Linux Makefile typo.
9364		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
9365			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
9366		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
9367			University, Chico.
9368		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
9369			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
9370			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
9371			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
9372			This requires adaptation of code that really
9373			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
9374			addresses or nameserver fields.''
9375		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
9376			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
9377		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
9378			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
9379		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
9380			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
9381			problems.
9382		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
9383			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
9384			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
9385		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
9386			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
9387		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
9388			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
9389		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
9390			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
9391			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
9392			Wemm of DIALix.
9393		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
9394			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
9395			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
9396			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
9397			of Ohio State University.
9398		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
9399			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
9400			University.
9401		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
9402			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
9403			Mainz.
9404		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
9405		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
9406			wrong statfs call).
9407		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
9408		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
9409			University.
9410		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
9411		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
9412			Rochester Medical Center.
9413		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
9414			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
9415			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
9416			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
9417			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
9418		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
9419			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
9420			Division.
9421		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
9422			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
9423		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
9424			Durand of I.M.A.G.
9425		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
9426			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
9427		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
9428		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
9429			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
9430		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
9431		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9432		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
9433		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
9434		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
9435			of Meteo France.
9436		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
9437		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
9438		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
9439		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
9440		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
9441		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
9442		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
9443		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
9444		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
9445		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
9446			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
9447		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
9448			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
9449		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
9450			of Colorado.
9451		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
9452	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
9453		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
9454		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
9455	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
9456		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
9457		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
9458		on the file, but it should be quite small.
9459	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
9460		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
9461		giving the local administrator more control over what
9462		programs can be run from sendmail.
9463	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
9464		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
9465		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
9466		never will.
9467	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
9468		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
9469		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
9470	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
9471		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
9472		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
9473		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
9474		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9475	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
9476		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
9477	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
9478		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
9479		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
9480		arbitrary directory -- use either:
9481			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
9482		or
9483			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
9484		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
9485		can use:
9486			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
9487		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
9488		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
9489		compatibility.
9490	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
9491		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
9492	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
9493		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
9494	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
9495		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
9496		County.
9497	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
9498	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
9499		just unqualified ones.
9500	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
9501		was never used and didn't work anyway.
9502	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
9503		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
9504	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
9505		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
9506		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
9507		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
9508		centralized hub.
9509	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
9510	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
9511		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
9512		this is expected to be another sendmail.
9513	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
9514		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
9515		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
9516		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
9517		Rosenthal of Unicom.
9518	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
9519		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
9520		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
9521	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
9522		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
9523		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
9524		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
9525		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
9526		but it is a no-op.
9527	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
9528		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
9529		as User Unknown.
9530	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
9531		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
9532		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
9533		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
9534	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
9535		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
9536		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
9537	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
9538		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
9539		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
9540		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
9541	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
9542		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
9543		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
9544	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
9545	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
9546		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
9547	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
9548		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
9549		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
9550		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
9551	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
9552		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
9553		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
9554		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
9555		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
9556		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
9557		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
9558		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
9559	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
9560		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
9561		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
9562		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
9563		assumed.
9564	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
9565		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
9566		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
9567		Information Systems Agency.
9568	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
9569		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
9570		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
9571	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
9572		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
9573		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
9574		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
9575		that really can be used in the real world.
9576	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
9577		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
9578		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
9579	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
9580		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
9581	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
9582		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
9583		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
9584		by Scott Hutton.
9585	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
9586		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
9587	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
9588		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
9589		people.
9590	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
9591		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
9592	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
9593		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
9594		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
9595	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
9596		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
9597		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
9598	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
9599		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
9600		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
9601		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
9602	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
9603		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
9604		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
9605		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
9606		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
9607		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
9608	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
9609		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
9610		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
9611	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
9612		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
9613		by Kimmo Suominen.
9614	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
9615		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
9616		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
9617	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
9618		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
9619	NEW FILES:
9620		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
9621		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
9622		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
9623		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
9624		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
9625		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
9626		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
9627		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
9628		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
9629		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
9630		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
9631		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
9632		cf/domain/generic.m4
9633		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
9634		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
9635		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
9636		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
9637		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
9638		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
9639		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
9640		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
9641		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
9642		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
9643		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
9644		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
9645		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
9646		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
9647		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
9648		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
9649		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
9650		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
9651		contrib/bsdi.mc
9652		contrib/mailprio
9653		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
9654		mail.local/mail.local.0
9655		makemap/makemap.0
9656		smrsh/README
9657		smrsh/smrsh.0
9658		smrsh/smrsh.8
9659		smrsh/smrsh.c
9660		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
9661		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
9662		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
9663		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
9664		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
9665		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
9666		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
9667		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
9668		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
9669		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
9670		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
9671		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
9672		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
9673		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
9674		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
9675		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
9676		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
9677		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
9678		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
9679		src/aliases.0
9680		src/mailq.0
9681		src/mime.c
9682		src/newaliases.0
9683		src/sendmail.0
9684		test/t_seteuid.c
9685	RENAMED FILES:
9686		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
9687		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
9688		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
9689		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
9690		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
9691		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
9692		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
9693		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
9694		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
9695		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9696		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9697		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9698		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
9699		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
9700		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
9701		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
9702		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
9703		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
9704		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
9705		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
9706		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
9707	OBSOLETED FILES:
9708		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
9709		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
9710		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
9711		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
9712		cf/cf/knecht.mc
9713		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
9714		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
9715		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
9716		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9717		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9718		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
9719		contrib/rcpt-streaming
9720		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9721
97228.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
9723	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
9724		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
9725		any user (except root).
9726	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
9727		version number is unchanged.
9728
97298.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
9730	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
9731		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
9732		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
9733		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
9734		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
9735		each other!).
9736	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
9737		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
9738		than fork().
9739
97408.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
9741	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
9742		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
9743	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
9744		message when attempted from IDENT.
9745	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
9746		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
9747		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
9748		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
9749	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
9750		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
9751		partial lines.
9752	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
9753		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
9754		Rob McMahon.
9755	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
9756		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
9757		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
9758		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
9759	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
9760		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
9761		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
9762		Novell Labs Europe.
9763	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
9764		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
9765		Cal State Chico.
9766	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
9767		*Hobbit*.
9768	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
9769		and Liudvikas Bukys.
9770	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
9771		from Spider Boardman.
9772	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9773		with the binaries).
9774
97758.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
9776	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
9777		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
9778	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
9779		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
9780		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
9781		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
9782		implications.
9783	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
9784		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
9785		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
9786		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
9787	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
9788		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
9789		University of Texas.
9790	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
9791		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
9792		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
9793		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
9794	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
9795		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
9796		Data General.
9797	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
9798		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
9799		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
9800	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
9801		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
9802		with a lot of arguments).
9803	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
9804		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
9805		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
9806		Michigan.
9807	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
9808		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
9809		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
9810		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
9811		Thibault.
9812	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
9813		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
9814		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
9815		some of the map code.
9816	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9817		with the binaries).
9818
98198.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
9820	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
9821		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
9822		may have some security implications.
9823	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
9824		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
9825		Hill of the University of Iowa.
9826	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
9827		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
9828	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
9829		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
9830	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
9831	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
9832		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
9833		option.
9834	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
9835		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
9836		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
9837		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
9838		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
9839		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
9840		Rochester.
9841	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
9842		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
9843		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
9844	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
9845		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
9846		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
9847	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
9848		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
9849		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
9850	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
9851		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
9852		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
9853		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
9854		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
9855		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
9856		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
9857		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
9858		messages.
9859	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
9860		message to explain how much space was available and
9861		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
9862		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
9863	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
9864		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
9865		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
9866		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
9867		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
9868		moves things more towards what will probably become a
9869		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
9870		Kapor Enterprises.
9871	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
9872		without recompiling.
9873	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
9874		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
9875		purely cosmetic.
9876	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
9877		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
9878		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
9879	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
9880		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
9881		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
9882		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
9883		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
9884		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
9885		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
9886	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
9887		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
9888		Wolfhugel.
9889	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
9890		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
9891		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
9892		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
9893		refused" response, and that the connection can be
9894		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
9895		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
9896		size around and can never start listening to connections
9897		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
9898		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
9899		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
9900		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
9901		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
9902		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
9903		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
9904		implications.
9905	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
9906		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9907	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
9908		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
9909		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
9910	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
9911		doc directory.  This includes some additional
9912		information.
9913	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
9914		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
9915		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
9916		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
9917		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
9918		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
9919		loop the mail, which was bad news.
9920	Portability fixes:
9921		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
9922		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9923		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
9924		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
9925		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9926		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
9927			Newcastle upon Tyne.
9928		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
9929			Corporation.
9930		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
9931		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
9932			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9933		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
9934	New Files:
9935		src/Makefile.CLIX
9936		src/Makefile.NCR3000
9937		doc/changes/Makefile
9938		doc/changes/changes.me
9939		doc/changes/changes.ps
9940
99418.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
9942	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
9943		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
9944		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
9945
99468.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
9947	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
9948		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
9949		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
9950		list.
9951
99528.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
9953	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
9954		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
9955		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
9956		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
9957		valid shell.
9958	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
9959		in the connection cache for a long time under some
9960		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
9961		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
9962		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
9963		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
9964	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
9965		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
9966		from a local user to another local user.  From
9967		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9968	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
9969		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
9970		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9971	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
9972		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
9973		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
9974		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
9975		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
9976		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
9977		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
9978		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
9979		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
9980	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
9981		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
9982		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
9983	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
9984		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
9985		BSD-like system.
9986	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
9987		protocol entirely.
9988	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
9989		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
9990		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
9991		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
9992		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
9993	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
9994	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
9995		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
9996		files.
9997	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
9998		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
9999		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
10000	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
10001		of CMU.
10002	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
10003		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
10004		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
10005	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
10006		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
10007		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
10008		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
10009	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
10010		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
10011		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
10012		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
10013		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
10014		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
10015	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
10016		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
10017	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
10018		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
10019		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
10020		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
10021		Motonori Nakamura.
10022	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
10023		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
10024		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
10025	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
10026		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
10027		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
10028		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
10029	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
10030		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
10031		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10032	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
10033		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
10034		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
10035	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
10036		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
10037		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
10038		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
10039	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
10040		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
10041		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
10042		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
10043	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
10044		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
10045		didn't see the class items being added.
10046	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
10047		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
10048		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
10049		Rutgers.
10050	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
10051		but sets h_errno to a success value.
10052	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
10053		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
10054		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
10055		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
10056		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
10057		the problem myself.
10058	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
10059		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
10060		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
10061		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
10062	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
10063		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
10064		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
10065		UUNET.
10066	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
10067		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
10068		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
10069		John Oleynick.
10070	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
10071		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
10072		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
10073	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
10074		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
10075		Nakamura.
10076	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
10077		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
10078		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
10079		University of Washington.
10080	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
10081		don't have an ``=value'' part.
10082	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
10083		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
10084		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
10085		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
10086		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
10087		of Cambridge University.
10088	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
10089		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
10090		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
10091	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
10092		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
10093		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
10094	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
10095		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
10096		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
10097		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
10098		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
10099		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
10100		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
10101		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
10102		a chance.
10103	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
10104		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
10105	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
10106		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
10107		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
10108		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
10109		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
10110		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
10111		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
10112		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
10113	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
10114		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
10115	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
10116	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
10117		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
10118		size for various mailers.
10119	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
10120		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
10121		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
10122	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
10123		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
10124		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
10125	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
10126	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
10127		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
10128		system.
10129	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
10130		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
10131		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
10132	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
10133		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
10134		Michel of Thomson CSF.
10135	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
10136		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
10137		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
10138		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
10139		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
10140		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
10141		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
10142		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
10143		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
10144		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
10145		University of Sydney.
10146	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
10147		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
10148		This is because of the known bug where definition of
10149		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
10150		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
10151	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
10152		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
10153		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
10154		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
10155		Suominen.
10156	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
10157		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
10158		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
10159		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
10160	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
10161		Suominen.
10162	Portability fixes:
10163		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
10164		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
10165		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
10166		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
10167		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
10168		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
10169		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
10170		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
10171		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
10172	NEW FILES:
10173		src/Makefile.DomainOS
10174		src/Makefile.PTX
10175		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
10176		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
10177		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
10178		src/mailq.1
10179		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
10180		doc/op/Makefile
10181		doc/intro/Makefile
10182		doc/usenix/Makefile
10183
101848.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
10185	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
10186		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
10187		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
10188	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
10189		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
10190		permissions they should not have had (usually group
10191		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
10192		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
10193	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
10194		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
10195		Although this does not respond to a specific known
10196		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
10197		Christian Wettergren.
10198	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
10199		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
10200		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
10201		program by putting that in their .forward file.
10202		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
10203		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
10204		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
10205		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
10206		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
10207		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
10208		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
10209		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
10210		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
10211		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
10212	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
10213		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
10214		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
10215		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
10216	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
10217		connection to create problems on the current job.
10218		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
10219		the wrong place.
10220	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
10221		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
10222		problem that ignored the load average in locally
10223		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10224	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
10225		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
10226	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
10227		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
10228		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
10229	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
10230		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
10231		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
10232		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
10233		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
10234	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
10235		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
10236		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
10237	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
10238		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
10239		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
10240	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
10241		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
10242	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
10243		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
10244		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
10245		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
10246	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
10247		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
10248		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
10249	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
10250		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
10251		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
10252	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
10253		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
10254		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
10255	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
10256		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
10257		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
10258		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
10259		transfers to secondary servers.  Bug noted by Keith
10260		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
10261	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
10262		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
10263		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
10264		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
10265	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
10266		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
10267		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
10268		dot convention.
10269	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
10270		of from a clean exit.
10271	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
10272		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
10273		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
10274	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
10275		as the subject of an error message, even though the
10276		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
10277		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
10278	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
10279		Jones of UUNET.
10280	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
10281		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
10282		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
10283		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
10284	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
10285		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
10286		says that they should be ignored.
10287	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
10288		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
10289		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
10290		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
10291		is not reentrant.
10292	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
10293		documented in the Bat Book.
10294	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
10295		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
10296		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
10297		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
10298	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
10299		code during some parts of connection initialization.
10300		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
10301		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
10302		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
10303	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
10304		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
10305	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
10306		of Kyoto University.
10307	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
10308		From P{r Emanuelsson.
10309	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
10310		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
10311	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
10312		Bryan Costales.
10313	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
10314		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
10315	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
10316		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
10317		Nakamura.
10318	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
10319		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
10320		illegal addresses appearing there).
10321	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
10322		BB&N.
10323	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
10324		included.
10325	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
10326		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
10327	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
10328		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
10329		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
10330		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
10331	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
10332		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
10333	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
10334		by the other end closing the connection.  From
10335		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
10336	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
10337		to include a host name or other useful information.
10338	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
10339		DeMarco.
10340	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
10341		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
10342		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
10343		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
10344		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
10345	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
10346		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
10347	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
10348		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
10349		this properly).
10350	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
10351		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
10352		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
10353	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
10354		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
10355		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
10356		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
10357		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
10358		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
10359		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
10360		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
10361	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
10362		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
10363		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
10364		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
10365		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
10366		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
10367		of the Institute for Global Communications.
10368	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
10369		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
10370		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
10371		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
10372	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
10373		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
10374	Portability fixes for:
10375		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
10376		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
10377		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
10378		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
10379		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
10380			of Stoner Associates.
10381		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
10382		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
10383			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
10384			of Maryland.
10385		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
10386		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
10387		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
10388		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
10389		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
10390		RISC/os.
10391		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
10392			at Chico.
10393		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
10394		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
10395		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
10396			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
10397			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
10398	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
10399		since this is intended only for internal use, the
10400		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
10401		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
10402		addresses when relaying internally.
10403	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
10404		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
10405		provided by Peter Wemm.
10406	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
10407		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
10408		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
10409	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
10410		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
10411	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
10412		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
10413		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
10414		names.
10415	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
10416		rather than letting them get "local configuration
10417		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
10418	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
10419		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
10420		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
10421		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
10422		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
10423	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
10424		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
10425	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
10426	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
10427		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
10428		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
10429		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
10430		of Georgia Tech.
10431	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
10432		Jim Murray of Stratus.
10433	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
10434		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
10435		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
10436		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
10437		the local name prepended.
10438	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
10439	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
10440	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
10441		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
10442	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
10443		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
10444		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
10445	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
10446		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
10447			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
10448		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
10449			:include: files and accounts that have shells
10450			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
10451			cause some .forward files that have worked
10452			before to start failing.
10453		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
10454	NEW FILES:
10455		src/Makefile.DGUX
10456		src/Makefile.Dynix
10457		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
10458		src/Makefile.Mach386
10459		src/Makefile.NetBSD
10460		src/Makefile.RISCos
10461		src/Makefile.SCO
10462		src/Makefile.SVR4
10463		src/Makefile.Titan
10464		cf/mailer/pop.m4
10465		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
10466		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
10467		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
10468		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
10469		makemap/Makefile.dist
10470		praliases/Makefile.dist
10471
104728.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
10473	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
10474		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
10475		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
10476	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
10477		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
10478		class of attack.
10479	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
10480		in a few critical places.
10481	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
10482		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
10483		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
10484		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
10485		and High-Energy Physics.
10486	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
10487		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
10488		Eric Wassenaar.
10489	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
10490		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
10491		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
10492		Wassenaar.
10493	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
10494		really become relevant in the next release, but some
10495		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
10496		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
10497	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
10498		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
10499		these can have different values depending on which
10500		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10501	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
10502		what uid/gid processes ran as.
10503	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
10504		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
10505		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
10506		postmaster" case.
10507	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
10508	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
10509		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
10510	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
10511		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
10512		Christopher Davis.
10513	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
10514		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
10515		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
10516		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
10517	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
10518		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
10519
105208.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
10521	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
10522		addresses that get return-receipts.
10523	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
10524		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
10525		and end up sending the message several times.
10526	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
10527		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
10528		four hours".
10529	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
10530		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
10531		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
10532		Cornell University Medical College.
10533	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
10534		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
10535		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
10536		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
10537		Wassenaar.
10538	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
10539		connections fail during message collection.  From
10540		Eric Wassenaar.
10541	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
10542		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
10543		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
10544		Stratus.
10545	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
10546		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
10547		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10548	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
10549		by non-root users were not put into
10550		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
10551		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
10552		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
10553	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
10554		could get confused as to whether a database was
10555		open or not.
10556	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
10557		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
10558		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
10559		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
10560		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
10561	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
10562		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
10563		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
10564	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
10565
105668.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
10567	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
10568	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
10569		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
10570		propagated to the queue file.
10571
105728.6/8.6		1993/10/05
10573	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
10574		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
10575	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
10576		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
10577		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
10578		header files but don't have the syscall.
10579	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
10580		if trymx == FALSE.
10581	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
10582		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
10583		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
10584		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
10585	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
10586		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10587	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
10588		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
10589		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
10590		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
10591		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
10592		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
10593		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
10594	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
10595		Kanbe.
10596	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
10597		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
10598		Wisner of The Well.
10599	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
10600		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
10601	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
10602		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
10603		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
10604		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
10605		files that you should be able to read but have previously
10606		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
10607		read permission.
10608	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
10609		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
10610		MX suppression will still work.
10611	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
10612		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
10613		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
10614		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10615	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
10616		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
10617		Nakamura.
10618	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
10619		"CX $Z" works.
10620	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
10621		trying to send the original message if the connection
10622		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
10623		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
10624		by John Myers of CMU.
10625	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
10626		term bug.
10627	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
10628		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
10629		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
10630		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
10631		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
10632		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
10633	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
10634	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
10635		ruleset testing a bit easier.
10636	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
10637		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
10638		level.
10639	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
10640		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
10641		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
10642		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
10643		address.
10644	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
10645		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
10646		Harvey Mudd College.
10647	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
10648		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
10649		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
10650		their full name information.
10651	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
10652		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
10653		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
10654	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
10655		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
10656	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
10657		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
10658		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
10659		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10660	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
10661		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
10662		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
10663		PC TCP/IP implementations.
10664	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
10665		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
10666		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
10667		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
10668		names.
10669	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
10670		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
10671		helpful.
10672	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
10673		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
10674		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
10675		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10676	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
10677		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
10678		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
10679	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
10680		that claims to be itself works properly.
10681	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
10682		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
10683		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
10684		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
10685	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
10686		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
10687		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
10688	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
10689		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
10690		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
10691		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
10692		scratch.
10693	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
10694		true address to still send to the original address
10695		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
10696		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
10697		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
10698	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
10699		more trouble than it was worth.
10700	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
10701		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
10702		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
10703	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
10704		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
10705		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
10706	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
10707		the queue.
10708	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
10709		messages don't come out with stale information.
10710	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
10711		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
10712	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
10713		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
10714		Myers of CMU.
10715	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
10716		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
10717		Corrigan.
10718	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
10719		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
10720		sender address.
10721	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
10722	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
10723	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
10724		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
10725		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
10726		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
10727		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
10728		that does bulk data transfer).
10729	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
10730		Amir Plivatsky.
10731	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
10732		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
10733		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
10734		bogus config files that were not caught.
10735	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
10736		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
10737	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
10738		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
10739		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
10740	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
10741		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
10742	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
10743		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
10744		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
10745		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
10746	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
10747		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
10748	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
10749		opened or if running with no database format defined.
10750	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
10751		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
10752	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
10753		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
10754		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
10755		Melbourne.
10756	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
10757		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
10758		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
10759		to match regular entries.
10760	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
10761		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
10762	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
10763		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
10764	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
10765		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
10766		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
10767	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
10768		error message so that the "subject" line of return
10769		messages is the best possible.
10770	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
10771		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
10772		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
10773	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
10774		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
10775	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
10776		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10777	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
10778		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
10779	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
10780	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
10781		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
10782		on the address.
10783	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
10784		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
10785		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
10786		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
10787		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10788	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
10789	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
10790	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
10791		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
10792		addresses in any detail.
10793	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
10794		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
10795	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
10796		with an address such as "!foo".
10797	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
10798		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
10799		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
10800		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
10801		Bret Marquis.
10802
108038.5/8.5		1993/07/23
10804	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
10805		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
10806		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
10807		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10808	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
10809		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
10810		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
10811		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
10812		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
10813		Nakamura.
10814	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
10815		are no DNS records matching the name.
10816	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
10817		original message was received ... from localhost".
10818		The correct original host information is now included.
10819	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
10820		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
10821		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
10822	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
10823		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
10824	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
10825		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
10826		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
10827		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
10828		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
10829		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
10830		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
10831		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
10832
108338.4/8.4		1993/07/22
10834	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
10835		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
10836		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
10837		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
10838		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
10839		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
10840		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
10841		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
10842		are really configuration errors.  This option is
10843		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
10844		UIUC sendmail.
10845	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
10846		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
10847		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
10848		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
10849		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
10850		by Neil Rickert.
10851	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
10852		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
10853		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
10854		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
10855		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
10856		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
10857		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
10858		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
10859		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
10860		of dickering with error handling (see below).
10861	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
10862		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
10863		humans.
10864	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
10865		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
10866	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
10867		repaired).
10868	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
10869		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
10870		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
10871		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
10872	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
10873		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
10874		connection rather than sending QUIT.
10875	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
10876		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
10877		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
10878		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
10879		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10880	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
10881		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
10882		core dumps on some machines.
10883	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
10884		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
10885		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
10886		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
10887		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
10888		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
10889		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
10890		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
10891		some true error conditions.
10892	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
10893		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
10894		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
10895		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
10896	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
10897		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
10898		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
10899		by Motonori Nakamura.
10900	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
10901		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
10902		caused error messages to be handled differently during
10903		a queue run than a direct run.
10904	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
10905		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
10906		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
10907	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
10908		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
10909		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
10910		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
10911		restart it.
10912	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
10913		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
10914		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
10915		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
10916		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
10917		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
10918		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
10919		is appropriately functional.
10920	The FallBackMXhost (option V) handling failed to properly identify
10921		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
10922		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
10923		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
10924	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
10925		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
10926		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
10927		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
10928		Technologies.
10929	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
10930		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
10931		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
10932		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
10933		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
10934		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
10935		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
10936		things.
10937	Portability changes:
10938		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
10939			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
10940			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
10941			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
10942			of Colorado.
10943		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
10944			help other strict ANSI compilers.
10945		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
10946			Corporation.
10947		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
10948			documentation apparently doesn't define
10949			__STDC__ by default).
10950		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
10951		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
10952			Motonori Nakamura.
10953	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
10954	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
10955		several people have made a good argument that this
10956		creates more problems than it solves (although this
10957		may prove painful in the short run).
10958	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
10959		format.
10960	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
10961		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
10962		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
10963	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
10964		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
10965		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
10966		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
10967		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
10968	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
10969		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
10970		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
10971		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
10972	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
10973		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
10974		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
10975		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10976	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
10977		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
10978		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
10979		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
10980		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
10981	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
10982		environments.  Ugly as sin.
10983
109848.3/8.3		1993/07/13
10985	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
10986		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
10987		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
10988		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
10989		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
10990		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
10991		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
10992		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
10993		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
10994	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
10995		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
10996		"user friendly".
10997	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
10998		16 bytes/sec.
10999	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
11000		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
11001		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
11002		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
11003		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
11004		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
11005		for quick test cases.
11006	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
11007		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
11008		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
11009		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
11010	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
11011		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
11012		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
11013	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
11014		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
11015		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
11016		From Michael Corrigan.
11017	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
11018		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
11019		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
11020	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
11021		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
11022		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
11023	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
11024		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
11025		Christophe Wolfhugel.
11026	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
11027
110288.2/8.2		1993/07/11
11029	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
11030	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
11031		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
11032		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
11033	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
11034	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
11035		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
11036		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
11037		from Bill Wisner.
11038	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
11039		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
11040	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
11041		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
11042		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
11043	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
11044		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
11045		match the other flags in that file.
11046	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
11047	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
11048		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
11049	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
11050		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
11051		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
11052	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
11053		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
11054	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
11055		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
11056		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
11057	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
11058		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
11059		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
11060	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
11061		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
11062		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
11063		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
11064		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
11065	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
11066		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
11067		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
11068		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
11069		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
11070		the root and directories leading up to your home);
11071		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
11072		be owned by you.
11073	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
11074		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
11075		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
11076		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
11077	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
11078	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
11079	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
11080		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
11081		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
11082		is separate; this is just intended to work around
11083		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
11084		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
11085	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
11086		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
11087		matching without a null it never tries again with a
11088		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
11089		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
11090		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
11091		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
11092		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
11093		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
11094		it adapts.
11095	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
11096		will insert the appropriate full name information;
11097		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
11098		way.
11099	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
11100		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
11101		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
11102	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
11103		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
11104		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
11105		only happen when there has been another error in the
11106		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
11107		by default in conf.h.
11108	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
11109		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
11110		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
11111		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
11112		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
11113		This output is not intended to be particularly human
11114		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
11115		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
11116	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
11117		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
11118		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
11119		See cf/README for an example.
11120	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
11121		sites that don't use the -d flag.
11122	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
11123		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
11124		has been requested by several people, but can break
11125		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
11126		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
11127		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
11128		broken.  Use it sparingly.
11129	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
11130		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
11131		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
11132	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
11133		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
11134		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
11135		Bill Wisner of The Well.
11136	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
11137		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
11138		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
11139
111408.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
11141	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
11142		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
11143	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
11144		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
11145		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
11146	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
11147
111488.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
11149	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
11150		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
11151		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
11152
111538.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
11154	Another mailertable fix....
11155
111568.1/8.1		1993/06/07
11157	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
11158